Assignment for Inspire Education Child Care course.

profilemrbajaj
CHC30113-SubjectLearnerGuide1.pdf

CHC30113 Certificate III

in Early Childhood Education and Care

Children’s Health and Safety

Version 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Copyright © 2018 Compliant Learning Resources. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced

or distributed in any form or by any means or stored in a database or retrieval system other than pursuant to the

terms of the Copyright Act 1968 (Commonwealth), without the prior written permission of

Compliant Learning Resources

L e

a r

n e

r G

u id

e 1

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 2 © Compliant Learning Resources

Version control & document history

Date Summary of modifications made Version

16 December 2013 Version 1 final produced following

validation. 1.0

16 April 2014 Minor alterations to wording to correct

spelling errors. 1.1

27 May 2014 Amended link to Sparkling Stars on p 129 1.2

28 August 2014 Minor wording changes throughout the LG 1.3

8 January 2015 Added additional links and made minor

wording changes throughout the LG. 1.4

9 March 2017

Added unit CHCEC016; updated links to

Sparkling Stars; minor alterations to

wording to correct spelling errors.

2.0

14 March 2017

Updated Intranet links; updated information

on Learner Guide Cluster; updated

information in Learning Outcomes

2.1

9 March 2018

Updates on the following:

 Information relating to the revised NQS,

including ‘Educator-to-child ratios’

 Wording and formatting throughout the

document.

 Links updated.

 Chapter contents restructured for

organisation.

 Removed ‘Conclusion’ page.

2.2

4 April 2018 Updated terminologies 2.3

17 September 2018 removed a sentence in Cultural Influences

page 315 2.4

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This is an interactive table of contents. If you are viewing this document in Acrobat,

clicking on a heading will transfer you to that page. If you have this document open

in Word, you will need to hold down the Control key while clicking for this to work.

LEARNER GUIDE ................................................................... 6

CHAPTER 1. FOLLOW SAFE WORK PRACTICES ................................ 13

1. The Early Childhood Code of Ethics .................................................................... 14

2. The Education and Care Services National Regulations and the National Quality

Standards ............................................................................................................. 16

3. Work Health and Safety Act and Regulations ..................................................... 29

4. Centre Policy and Procedures .............................................................................. 38

5. Work Place Health and Safety Hazards in Children’s Services ........................... 45

6. Work Place Emergency Procedures ..................................................................... 75

CHAPTER 2. IMPLEMENT SAFE WORK PRACTICES .......................... 79

1. Implement WHS Procedures and Work Instructions ......................................... 81

2. Safe Housekeeping Practices ............................................................................... 87

3. Risk Control Process ............................................................................................ 91

4. External Safety Risks ......................................................................................... 103

5. Indoor Risks ....................................................................................................... 104

6. Risk Reduction ................................................................................................... 105

7. Identify and Report Incidents and Injuries ....................................................... 106

8. Participate in Workplace Safety Meetings ......................................................... 110

9. Reflect On Own Safe Work Practices ................................................................. 110

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 4 © Compliant Learning Resources

CHAPTER 3. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN A SAFE AND HEALTHY

ENVIRONMENT FOR CHILDREN .................................................. 112

1. Support Each Child’s Health Needs ................................................................... 116

2. Discuss Individual Children’s Health Requirements and Routines With Families

At Enrolment and Then On a Regular Basis ...................................................... 121

3. First Aid, Anaphylaxis Management and Emergency Asthma Management

Training .............................................................................................................. 129

4. Expert Advice Regarding Medical Conditions .................................................. 130

5. Ensure That Individual Medical Management Plans for Children With a Specific

Health Care Need are In Place and Readily Available At the Service ............... 132

6. Provide for Each Child’s Comfort ...................................................................... 134

CHAPTER 4. SUPPORT EACH CHILD’S HEALTH NEEDS ................... 144

1. Rest Times .......................................................................................................... 144

2. Share Information .............................................................................................. 156

3. Individual Clothing Needs and Preferences ...................................................... 157

4. Effective Hygiene and Health Practices ............................................................ 160

5. Controlling and Preventing Cross Infection in Child Care ............................... 175

6. Management of Allergies .................................................................................. 209

CHAPTER 5. SUPERVISING CHILDREN TO ENSURE SAFETY .............. 215

1. The Environment and Supervision .................................................................... 217

2. Ensure Adequate Supervision of Children ........................................................ 219

3. Minimise Risks ................................................................................................... 227

5. Sun Safety ........................................................................................................... 257

6. Excursions ......................................................................................................... 260

CHAPTER 6. MANAGE INCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES ................... 278

1. Develop Plans to Effectively Manage Incidents and Emergencies ................... 278

2. Communicate Information to Families About the Service’s Emergency

Procedures and Incident Management Plans ...................................................284

3. Maintain a Portable Record of Children’s Emergency Contacts In Case of

Emergencies .......................................................................................................289

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 5

CHAPTER 7. PROMOTE HEALTHY EATING ................................... 290

1. Experiences, Conversations and Routines ........................................................ 291

2. Model, Reinforce and Implement Healthy Eating and Nutrition Practices ..... 293

3. Support and Guide Children to Eat Healthy Food ............................................ 294

4. Activity Ideas to Encourage Healthy Nutrition ................................................. 296

5. Ready Access to Water .......................................................................................298

6. Plan Food and Drinks ....................................................................................... 300

7. Recommended Dietary Intake ...........................................................................303

8. Maintain Food Safety ......................................................................................... 323

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 6 © Compliant Learning Resources

LEARNER GUIDE

Description

CHCECE002 – Ensure the health and safety of children

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to ensure the health and safety of

children. This unit applies to educators working in a variety of education and care

services.

Click here for more details

CHCECE004 – Promote and provide healthy food and drinks

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to promote healthy eating and

ensure that food and drinks provided are nutritious, appropriate for each child and

prepared in a safe and hygienic manner. This unit applies to educators working in a

range of education and care services.

Click here for more details

CHCECE016 – Establish and maintain a safe and healthy environment for

children

The unit describes the skills and knowledge to establish and maintain a safe and

healthy environment for children. This unit applies to educators working in a range of

education and care services.

Click here for more details

HLTWHS001 – Participate in workplace health and safety

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required for workers to participate in safe

work practices to ensure their own health and safety, and that of others.

The unit applies to all workers who require knowledge of workplace health and safety

(WHS) to carry out their own work, either under direct supervision or with some

individual responsibility.

Click here for more details

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 7

About this Unit of Study Introduction

As a worker, a trainee, or a future worker you want to enjoy your work and become

known as a valuable team member. This unit of competency will help you acquire the

knowledge and skills to work effectively as an individual and in groups. It will give you

the basis to contribute to the goals of the organisation which employs you.

It is essential that you begin your training by becoming familiar with the industry

standards to which organisations must conform.

These units of competency introduce you to some of the key issues and responsibilities

of workers and organisations in this area. The units also provide you with

opportunities to develop the competencies necessary for employees to operate as team

members.

This Learner Guide Covers

 Follow Safe Work Practices

 Implement Safe Work Practices

 Establish and Maintain a Safe and Healthy Environment for Children

 Support Each Child’s Health Needs

 Supervising Children to Ensure Safety

 Manage Incidents and Emergencies

 Promote Healthy Eating

Learning Program

As you progress through this unit of study you will develop skills in locating and

understanding an organisation’s policies and procedures. You will build up a sound

knowledge of the industry standards within which organisations must operate. You

will become more aware of the effect that your own skills in dealing with people has

on your success or otherwise in the workplace. Knowledge of your skills and

capabilities will help you make informed choices about your further study and career

options.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 8 © Compliant Learning Resources

Additional Learning Support

To obtain additional support, you may:

 Search for other resources. You may find books, journals, videos and other

materials which provide additional information about topics in this unit.

 Search for other resources in your local library. Most libraries keep information

about government departments and other organisations, services and

programs. The librarian should be able to help you locate such resources.

 Contact information services such as Infolink, Equal Opportunity Commission,

Commissioner of Workplace Agreements, Union organisations, and public

relations and information services provided by various government

departments. Many of these services are listed in the telephone directory.

 Contact your facilitator.

Facilitation

Your training organisation will provide you with a facilitator. Your facilitator will play

an active role in supporting your learning. Your facilitator will help you anytime during

working hours to assist with:

 How and when to make contact,

 what you need to do to complete this unit of study, and

 what support will be provided.

Here are some of the things your facilitator may do to make your studies easier:

 Give you a clear visual timetable of events for the semester or term in which you

are enrolled, including any deadlines for assessments.

 Provide you with online webinar times and availability.

 Use ‘action sheets’ to remind you about tasks you need to complete, and updates

on websites.

 Make themselves available by telephone for support discussion and provide you

with industry updates by e-mail where applicable.

 Keep in touch with you during your studies.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 9

Flexible Learning

Studying to become a competent worker is an interesting and exciting thing to do. You

will learn about current issues in this area. You will establish relationships with other

students, fellow workers, and clients. You will learn about your own ideas, attitudes,

and values. You will also have fun. (Most of the time!)

At other times, studying can seem overwhelming and impossibly demanding,

particularly when you have an assignment to do and you aren’t sure how to tackle it,

your family and friends want you to spend time with them, or a movie you want to see

is on television.

Sometimes being a student can be hard.

Here are some ideas to help you through the hard times. To study effectively, you need

space, resources, and time.

Space

Try to set up a place at home or at work where:

1. You can keep your study materials,

2. you can be reasonably quiet and free from interruptions, and

3. you can be reasonably comfortable, with good lighting, seating, and a flat

surface for writing.

If it is impossible for you to set up a study space, perhaps you could use your local

library. You will not be able to store your study materials there, but you will have quiet,

a desk and chair, and easy access to the other facilities.

Study Resources

The most basic resources you will need are:

1. A chair

2. A desk or table

3. A computer with Internet access

4. A reading lamp or good light

5. A folder or file to keep your notes and study materials together

6. Materials to record information (pen and paper or notebooks, or a computer

and printer)

7. Reference materials, including a dictionary

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 10 © Compliant Learning Resources

Time

It is important to plan your study time. Work out a time that suits you and plan around

it. Most people find that studying in short, concentrated blocks of time (an hour or

two) at regular intervals (daily, every second day, once a week) is more effective than

trying to cram a lot of learning into a whole day. You need time to ‘digest’ the

information in one section before you move on to the next, and everyone needs regular

breaks from study to avoid overload. Be realistic in allocating time for study. Look at

what is required for the unit and look at your other commitments.

Make up a study timetable and stick to it. Build in ‘deadlines’ and set yourself goals for

completing study tasks. Allow time for reading and completing activities. Remember

that it is the quality of the time you spend studying rather than the quantity that is

important.

Study Strategies

Different people have different learning styles.

Some people learn best by listening or repeating

things out loud. Some learn best by doing, some

by reading and making notes. Assess your own

learning style, and try to identify any barriers to

learning which might affect you. Are you easily

distracted? Are you afraid you will fail? Are you

taking study too seriously? Not seriously enough?

Do you have supportive friends and family? Here

are some ideas for effective study strategies:

Make notes. This often helps you to remember new or unfamiliar information. Do

not worry about spelling or neatness, as long as you can read your own notes. Keep

your notes with the rest of your study materials and add to them as you go. Use pictures

and diagrams if this helps.

Underline key words when you are reading the materials in this Learner Guide. (Do

not underline things in other people’s books.) This also helps you to remember

important points.

Talk to other people (fellow workers, fellow students, friends, family, or your

facilitator) about what you are learning. As well as help you clarify and understand

new ideas; talking also gives you a chance to find out extra information and to get fresh

ideas and different points of view.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 11

Using this Learner Guide

A Learner Guide is just that, a guide to help you learn. A Learner Guide is not a text

book. Your Learner Guide will:

1. Describe the skills you need to demonstrate to achieve competency for this unit.

2. Provide information and knowledge to help you develop your skills.

3. Provide you with structured learning activities to help you absorb knowledge

and information and practice your skills.

4. Direct you to other sources of additional knowledge and information about

topics for this unit.

How to Get the Most Out of Your Learner Guide

Read through the information in the Learner Guide carefully. Make sure you

understand the material.

Some sections are quite long and cover complex ideas and information. If you come

across anything you do not understand:

1. Talk to your facilitator.

2. Research the area using the books and materials listed under the References

section.

3. Discuss the issue with other people (your workplace supervisor, fellow workers,

fellow students).

4. Try to relate the information presented in this Learner Guide to your own

experience and to what you already know.

5. Ask yourself questions as you go. For example, ‘Have I seen this happening

anywhere?’ ‘Could this apply to me?’ ‘What if...’ This will help you to ‘make

sense’ of new material, and to build on your existing knowledge.

6. Talk to people about your study.

7. Talking is a great way to reinforce what you are learning.

8. Make notes.

9. Work through the activities.

Even if you are tempted to skip some activities, do them anyway. They are there

for a reason, and even if you already have the knowledge or skills relating to a

particular activity, doing them will help to reinforce what you already know. If

you do not understand an activity, think carefully about the way the questions

or instructions are phrased. Read the section again to see if you can make sense

of it. If you are still confused, contact your facilitator or discuss the activity with

other students, fellow workers or with your workplace supervisor.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 12 © Compliant Learning Resources

Additional Research, Reading, and Note-Taking

If you are using the additional references and resources suggested in the Learner Guide

to take your knowledge a step further, there are a few simple things to keep in mind to

make this kind of research easier.

Always make a note of the author’s name, the title of the book or article, the edition,

when it was published, where it was published, and the name of the publisher. This

includes online articles. If you are taking notes about specific ideas or information, you

will need to put the page number as well. This is called the reference information. You

will need this for some assessment tasks, and it will help you to find the book again if

you need to.

Keep your notes short and to the point. Relate your notes to the material in your

Learner Guide. Put things into your own words. This will give you a better

understanding of the material.

Start off with a question you want answered when you are exploring additional

resource materials. This will structure your reading and save you time.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 13

CHAPTER 1. FOLLOW SAFE WORK PRACTICES

Early Childhood Education and Outside School Hours Care services are considered to

be high-risk environments, due to the nature of providing care and education services

for children, who by nature are at risk.

It is our role as educators and caregivers to ensure the health, safety, well-being and

rights of these children are protected at all times.

Early Childhood Education and Care services workers must at all times:

 Implement work practices which support the protection of children and young

people.

 Identify children and young people at risk of abuse or neglect by observing signs

and symptoms

 Respond to disclosure, information or signs and symptoms in accordance with

state legislative responsibilities and the service policies and procedures

 Routinely employ child-focused work practices to uphold the rights of the child

and encourage them to participate in age-appropriate decision-making

 Maintain confidentiality at all times

 Promptly record and report risk-of-harm indicators,

 Apply ethical and nurturing practices in work with children and young people

 Protect the rights of children and young people in the provision of services

 Recognise and report indicators for potential ethical concerns when working

with children and young people

The Early Childhood Code of Ethics

states:

“the protection and wellbeing of children

is paramount.”

Source: Early Childhood Code of Ethics, 2006

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 14 © Compliant Learning Resources

1. The Early Childhood Code of Ethics

The code of ethics describes the quality practice and the overall aims of the early

childhood profession. The core values of the Early Childhood Code of Ethics include:

The Code of Ethics puts forward underlying ethical principles that every educator

should follow in an Early Childhood Education and Care service. For example, section

one of the ‘code’ directly relates to how we can ensure the health and safety of children.

respect democracy honesty

integrity justice courage

inclusivity social

responsiveness cultural

responsiveness

education

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 15

In relation to children, I will:

 act in the best interests of all children

 create and maintain safe, healthy, inclusive environments that support children’s

agency and enhance their learning

 provide a meaningful curriculum to enrich children’s learning, balancing child and

educator initiated experiences

 understand and be able to explain to others how play and leisure enhance children’s

learning, development and wellbeing

 ensure childhood is a time for being in the here and now and not solely about

preparation for the future

 collaborate with children as global citizens in learning about our shared

responsibilities to the environment and humanity

 value the relationship between children and their families and enhance these

relationships through my practice

 ensure that children are not discriminated against on the basis of gender, sexuality,

age, ability, economic status, family structure, lifestyle, ethnicity, religion, language,

culture, or national origin

 negotiate children’s participation in research, by taking into account their safety,

privacy, levels of fatigue and interest respect children as capable learners by

including their perspectives in teaching, learning and assessment

 safeguard the security of information and documentation about children, particularly

when shared on digital platforms.

Source: Early Childhood Code of Ethics, 2006

On the other hand from a legal perspective, Early Childhood Education and Care

services need to follow many pieces of legislation and industry standards in relation to

protecting children from the risk of harm. This includes international, federal and

state law.

An example of international legislation is The Convention on the Rights of the

Child (CRC). It is the most internationally recognised treaty in the world and sets out

the basic rights of children and the obligations of governments to fulfil those rights.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 16 © Compliant Learning Resources

The Convention of Rights for the Child is a very detailed convention consisting of 54

articles that is guided by four fundamental principles.

1. Non-discrimination of the child: in relation to their race, colour, gender,

language, religion, cultural, social or ethnic origin, or because they are disabled.

2. The best interests of the child.

3. Survival, development and protection: Governments must protect children

and ensure their optimal development

4. Participation: Children have the right to participate, have a say in decisions

that affect them and have their opinions taken into account.

The Australian government’s approach to this is the National Legislative Framework

which was established through an applied laws system and consists of the:

 National Framework for Protecting Australia’s Children 2009-2020

 Education and Care Services National Law, and the Education and Care

Services National Regulations

 National Quality Standards

The Education and Care Services National Law, and the Education and Care Services

National Regulations are known in the Early Childhood Education and Care industry

as ‘The National Law’.

2. The Education and Care Services National Regulations and the

National Quality Standards

Early Childhood Education and Outside School Hours Care services that operate in

Australia must be approved to operate and must comply with the Education and Care

Services National Law and the Education and Care Services National Regulations.

Known as ‘The National Law,’ these pieces of legislation sets out the following:

 application processes for provider approval and service approval

 setting out the rating scale and the process for the rating and assessment of

services against the National Quality Standard

 minimum requirements relating to the operation of education and care services

organised around each of the seven Quality Areas

 arrangements to move existing services into the new system

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 17

The National Quality Standard, known as the ‘NQS,’ set a national standard

(benchmark) for early childhood education and care, and outside school hours care

services in Australia. The NQS applies to most long day care, family day care, outside

school hours’ care and preschools/kindergartens in Australia and is based on seven

quality areas:

The National Quality Standard is linked to the National Learning Frameworks that

recognise children learn from birth. It outlines practices that support and promote

children’s learning. All services must follow an approved learning framework:

Copies of the approved learning frameworks and accompanying educator guides can

be located at the following links:

 Belonging, Being and Becoming (EYLF)

 My Time, Our Place (FSAC)

 Victorian Early Years Learning and Development Framework

•Educational program and practiceQA1

•Children’s health and safetyQA2

•Physical environmentQA3

•Staffing arrangementsQA4

•Relationships with childrenQA5

•Collaborative partnerships with families and communities

QA6

•Governance and leadershipQA7

•Belonging, Being and Becoming: The Early Years Learning Framework for Australia (Early Years Learning Framework)

The EYLF

•My Time, Our Place: Framework for School Age Care in Australia (Framework for School Age Care).

The FSAC

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 18 © Compliant Learning Resources

The National Quality Framework (NQF) which has the aim of providing better

educational and developmental outcomes for children using education and care

services.

The National Law provides the objectives and guiding principles for the National

Quality Framework which are:

 the rights and best interests of the child are paramount

 children are successful, competent and capable learners

 the principles of equity, inclusion and diversity underpin the framework

 that Australia’s Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultures are valued

 that the role of parents and families is respected and supported

 that best practice is expected in the provision of education and care

services.

Source: National Quality Framework

National Quality Framework

National Standards

National Regulations

National Law

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 19

 Standard 2.1 Each child’s health and physical activity is supported and

promoted.

 Standard 2.2 Each child is protected.

Quality Area 2 - Children’s Health and Safety focuses on safeguarding and

promoting children’s health and safety and puts forward key principles that should be

implemented in Early Childhood Education and Care services to protect children from

the foreseeable risk of harm, injury and infection.

The key factors related to Quality Area 2 that promote children’s health, safety and

wellbeing in services include:

 maintaining adequate supervision of children

 configuring groupings of children to minimise the risk of overcrowding, injury

and illness

 monitoring and minimising hazards and safety risks in the environment

 managing illness and injuries effectively

 implementing effective hygiene practices

 providing for individual children’s health, sleep, rest and relaxation

requirements

 meeting children’s nutrition requirements and promoting healthy food choices

 promoting children’s physical activity

 encouraging and supporting childhood immunisation

 understanding obligations under state or territory child protection legislation.

Source: Guide to the National Quality Standard

The following table outlines the link between the National Quality Standards and the

National Regulations. The information is quite detailed, and there is a lot of aspects to

be aware of when ensuring the environment promotes each child’s health, safety and

wellbeing.

•Children’s health and safetyQA2

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 20 © Compliant Learning Resources

National Quality Standard

and Element Description and links to EYLF

National Law (section) and National

Regulations

Standard 2.1

Each child’s health is promoted.

The child care centre supports all aspects of children’s

health, with a focus on:

 ensuring that their individual health and comfort

requirements are met

 effective hygiene practices to control the spread

of infectious diseases are in place

 the management of injuries and illness

Being healthy, well-rested and free of illness assists

children to be able to participate happily and successfully

in the learning environment.

Links to EYLF –

Outcome 3: Children have a strong sense of

wellbeing.

Physical wellbeing contributes to children’s ability to

concentrate, cooperate and learn (Early Years Learning

Framework, page 30; Framework for School Age Care,

page 30).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 21

Element 2.1.1

Each child’s wellbeing and

comfort is provided for,

including appropriate

opportunities to meet each

child’s need for sleep, rest and

relaxation.

To develop a strong sense of wellbeing, it is important

that children are supported to take increasing

responsibility for their own health and physical wellbeing.

By acknowledging each child’s cultural and social identity

and responding sensitively to their emotional states,

educators build children’s confidence, sense of well-

being and willingness to engage in learning

(Early Years Learning Framework, page 30; Framework

for School Age Care, page 30).

Children’s and families’ requirements for children’s

comfort and welfare in relation to daily routines, such as

rest, sleep, dressing and toileting/nappy changing, vary

due to a range of factors.

Issues that may influence a child’s individual

requirements for these routines include the child’s and

family’s sociocultural background, their personal

preferences and the routines and activities that are in

place at home.

Educators provide a range of active and restful

experiences throughout the day and support children to

make appropriate decisions regarding their participation

in activities and experiences. (Early Years Learning

Framework, pages 14 and 32; Framework for School Age

Care, pages 14 and 32.)

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and well-being

of children)

 section 166 Offence to use

inappropriate discipline

 regulation 81 Sleep and rest

 regulation 168(2)(a)(v) Education and

care service must have policies and

procedures in relation to sleep and rest

for children

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 22 © Compliant Learning Resources

Element 2.1.2

Effective illness and injury

management and hygiene

practices are promoted and

implemented.

Spending time in child care centres and being exposed

to a large number of children for some time provide an

opportunity for infectious diseases to be spread.

In assisting children to take a growing responsibility for

their own health and physical wellbeing, educator’s

model and reinforce health, nutrition and personal

hygiene practices with children. Routines provide

opportunities for children to learn about health and safety

(Early Years Learning Framework, page 32; Framework

for School Age Care, page 31).

Maintaining high standards of hygiene is essential in

preventing the spread of infectious diseases and

ensuring good health. Effective hygiene practices assist

significantly in reducing the likelihood of children

becoming ill due to cross-infection or as a result of

exposure to materials, surfaces, body fluids or other

substances that may cause infection or illness.

Educators promote continuity of children’s personal

health and hygiene by sharing ownership of routines and

schedules with children, families and the community.

(Early Years Learning Framework, page 32; Framework

for School Age Care, page 31).

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and well-being

of children)

 regulation 77 Health, hygiene and safe

food practices

 regulation 85 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness policies and procedures

 regulation 86 Notification to parents of

incident, injury, trauma and illness

 regulation 87 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness record

 regulation 88 Infectious diseases

 regulation 89 First aid kits

 regulation 90 Medical conditions policy

 regulation 91 Medical conditions policy

to be provided to parents

 regulation 92 Medication record

 regulation 93 Administration of

medication

 regulation 94 Exception to

authorisation requirement—

anaphylaxis or asthma emergency

 regulation 95 Procedure for

administration of medication

 regulation 96 Self-administration of

medication

 regulation 136 First aid qualifications

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 23

 regulation 162 Health information to

be kept in enrolment record, including

the immunisation status of the child

 regulation 168 Education and care

service must have policies and

procedures

 regulation 177 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

approved provider

 regulation 178 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

family day care educator

Element 2.1.3

Healthy eating and physical

activity is promoted and is

appropriate for each child.

Good nutrition is essential to healthy living and enables

children to be active participants in play and leisure.

Education and care settings provide many opportunities

for children to experience a range of healthy foods and to

learn about food choices from educators and other

children (Early Years Learning Framework, page 30;

Framework for School Age Care, page 30).

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and wellbeing

of children)

 regulation 77 Health, hygiene and safe

food practices

 regulation 78 Food and beverages

 regulation 79 Service providing food

and beverages

 regulation 80 Weekly menu

 regulation 168 Education and care

service must have policies and

procedures

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 24 © Compliant Learning Resources

Standard 2.2

Each child is protected.

The child care centre ensures that all aspects of

children’s safety are protected.

Children have a fundamental right to be protected and

kept safe while they are in care. Children who are unsafe

are at risk of having their physical health and well-being

negatively impacted on, which, in turn, can negatively

affect children’s experiences, learning and wellbeing in

the present and throughout their future lives.

Links to EYLF –

Outcome 3: Children have a strong sense of

wellbeing.

Through a widening network of secure relationships,

children develop confidence and feel respected and

valued. A strong sense of wellbeing promotes children’s

confidence and optimism, which maximises their learning

and development (Early Years Learning Framework,

page 12; Framework for School Age Care, page 11).

Element 2.2.1

At all times, reasonable

precautions and adequate

supervision ensure children are

protected from harm and

hazard.

Educators promote children’s learning and development

by creating physical and social environments that have a

positive impact (Early Years Learning Framework, page

14; Framework for School Age Care, page 13).

Supervision is a key aspect of ensuring that children’s

safety is protected in the service environment. Educators

need to be alert to and aware of risks and hazards and

the potential for accidents and injury throughout the

service, not just within their immediate area.

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and wellbeing

of children)

 section 165 Offence to inadequately

supervise children

 section 167 Offence relating to

protection of children from harm and

hazards

 section 169 Offence relating to staffing

arrangements

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 25

Educators foster children’s capacity to understand and

respect the social and natural environment, and they

create learning environments that encourage children to

explore, solve problems and create and construct in

challenging and safe ways (Early Years Learning

Framework, pages 14–15; Framework for School Age

Care, pages 13–14).

Children have a right to be protected from possible or

potential hazards and dangers posed by products, plants,

objects, animals and people in the immediate and wider

environment.

 section 170 Offence relating to

unauthorised persons on education

and care service premises

 section 171 Offence relating to

direction to exclude inappropriate

persons from education and care

premises

 section 189 Emergency removal of

children

 regulation 77 Health, hygiene and safe

food practices

 regulation 78 Food and beverages

 regulation 79 Service providing food

and beverages

 regulation 80 Weekly menu

 regulation 82 Tobacco, drug and

alcohol-free environment

 regulation 83 Staff members and

family day care educators not to be

affected by alcohol or drugs

 regulation 86 Notification to parents of

incident, injury, trauma and illness

 regulation 87 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness record

 regulation 90 Medical conditions policy

 regulation 91 Medical conditions policy

to be provided to parents

 regulation 92 Medication record

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 26 © Compliant Learning Resources

 regulation 99 Children leaving the

education and care premises

 regulation 100 Risk assessment must

be conducted before excursion

 regulation 101 Conduct of risk

assessment for excursion

 regulation 102 Authorisation for

excursions

 regulation 161 Authorisations to be

kept in enrolment record

 regulation 162 Health information to

be kept in enrolment record, including

the immunisation status of the child

 regulation 166 Children not to be alone

with visitors

 regulation 168 Education and care

service must have policies and

procedures

 regulation 274 Swimming pool (NSW)

 regulation 344 Safety screening

clearance – staff members (Tasmania)

 regulation 345 Swimming pool

prohibition (Tasmania)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 27

Element 2.2.2

Plans to effectively manage

incidents and emergencies are

developed in consultation with

relevant authorities, practised

and implemented.

Children’s wellbeing can be affected by all of their

experiences within and outside the setting. It is essential

that educators attend to children’s wellbeing by providing

warm, trusting relationships and predictable and safe

learning environments (Early Years Learning

Framework, page 30; Framework for School Age Care,

page 29).

Planning to manage incidents and emergencies assists

services to protect adults and children, to maintain

children’s well-being and a safe environment and to meet

requirements of relevant Work Health and Safety

legislation.

Having a clear plan for the management of emergency

situations assists educators to handle these calmly and

effectively, reducing the risk of further harm or damage.

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and wellbeing

of children)

 regulation 85 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness policies and procedures

 regulation 86 Notification to parents of

incident, injury, trauma and illness

 regulation 87 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness record

 regulation 97 Emergency and

evacuation procedures

 regulation 98 Telephone or other

communication equipment

 regulation 160 Child enrolment

records to be kept by approved

provider and family day care educator

 regulation 161 Authorisations to be

kept in enrolment record

 regulation 162 health information to be

kept in enrolment record

 regulation 168 Education and care

service must have policies and

procedures

 regulation 177 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

approved provider

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 28 © Compliant Learning Resources

 regulation 178 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

family day care educator

Element 2.2.3

Management, educators and

staff are aware of their roles

and responsibilities to identify

and respond to every child at

risk of abuse or neglect.

Educators who give priority to nurturing relationships and

providing children with consistent emotional support can

assist children to interact with others in mutually

supportive ways and participate in positive learning

experiences (Early Years Learning Framework, page 12;

Framework for School Age Care, page 11).

Every centre’s management, educator, family day care

educator or staff member has a legal and ethical

obligation to act to protect any child who is at risk of

abuse or neglect. To be able to act when required, all

staff members must be aware of current child protection

policy and procedures, including their legislative

responsibilities in states and territories where these

apply.

 section 51(1)(a) Conditions on service

approval (safety, health and well-being

of children)

 section 162A Persons in day-to-day

charge and nominated supervisors to

have child protection training

 regulation 84 Awareness of child

protection law

 regulation 85 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness policies and procedures

 regulation 86 Notification to parents of

incident, injury, trauma and illness

 regulation 87 Incident, injury, trauma

and illness record

 regulation 177 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

approved provider

 regulation 178 Prescribed enrolment

and other documents to be kept by

family day care educator

Guide to the National Quality Standard, 2018;

The National Quality Standard and Quality Improvement, 2018

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 29

3. Work Health and Safety Act and Regulations

A harmonised workplace health and safety (WHS) legislation has been introduced

across States and Territories to Australia.

WHS legislation includes the WHS Act, Regulations, Codes of Practice, and a National

Compliance and Enforcement Policy. The WHS Act will make it easier for businesses

and workers to comply with their requirements across different states and territories.

•Establishes the legal requirements.The Act

•These are more specific rules that must be followed. Non-compliance can result in prosecution, a prohibition notice, an improvement notice, and in some States, on the spot fines.

Regulations

•These are minimum standards that provide information on how to comply with the rules set out in the regulations. You cannot be prosecuted for not following a code of practice, but it is recognised as an approved way of working and can be used to evidence poor practice in a prosecution.

Codes of Practice /Guidance Notes

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 30 © Compliant Learning Resources

States and Territories are using the following WHS legislation:

State/Territory Act Regulations Codes of Practice

Australian Capital

Territory WHS Act 2011 WHS Regulation 2011

ACT Codes of

Practice

New South Wales WHS Act 2011 WHS Regulation 2017 NSW Codes of

Practice

Northern Territory

Work Health and

Safety (National

Uniform Legislation)

Act 2011

Work Health and

Safety (National

Uniform Legislation)

Regulations

NT Codes of

Practice

Queensland WHS Act 2011 WHS Regulation 2011 Qld Codes of

Practice

South Australia WHS Act 2012 WHS Regulation 2012 SA Codes of

Practice

Tasmania WHS Act 2012 WHS Regulation 2012 Tas Codes of

Practice

Victoria

Occupational

Health and Safety

Act 2004

Occupational Health

and Safety Regulations

2017

Vic Compliance

Codes

Western Australia

Occupational Safety

and Health Act

1984

Occupational Health

and Safety Regulations

1996

WA Codes of

Practice

Western Australia has no applied the new laws at this stage due to the mining

component of the WHS Act not being ready for implementation. The date of

implementation of the model laws in WA has not been determined and will need to be

reassessed.

Victoria supports the principle of national harmonisation and continues to work

towards best practice legislation, but will not adopt the national model workplace

health and safety laws in their current form.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 31

3.1. The Work Health and Safety (WHS) Act

The Work Health and Safety Act 2011 (WHS Act) is designed to help employers and

employees to understand their health and safety duties and rights in the workplace.

The WHS Act aims to:

 Protect the health and safety of workers and other people by eliminating or

reducing workplace risks.

 Ensure effective representation, consultation and cooperation to address

health and safety issues in the workplace.

 Encourage unions and employers to take a constructive role in improving

health and safety practices.

 Promote information, education and training on health and safety.

 Provide effective compliance and enforcement measures.

 Deliver continuous improvement and progressively higher standards of

health and safety.

Source: Guide to the Work Health and Safety Act 2011, QLD, p. 5

One main change in the new WHS Act is the employers are now referred to as the

Person Conducting a Business or Undertaking (PCBU).

The PCBU is “a person conducting a business or undertaking alone or with others,

whether or not for profit or gain.”

Work Health and Safety

IS

Everyone’s responsibility!

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 32 © Compliant Learning Resources

3.2. Rights and Responsibilities of Employers and Workers

Responsibilities of the Employer

The employer or person conducting a business or undertaking (the PCBU), has a

primary duty of care to ensure workers and others are not exposed to a risk to their

health and safety.

The employer must meet the requirements set under the legislation, so far as is

reasonably practicable, to provide a safe and healthy workplace for workers or

other persons (such as visitors and parents) by ensuring:

 safe systems, procedures and practices of work

 a safe work environment, including:

o safe use of equipment

o structures

o substances

 facilities for the welfare and well-being of workers are adequate

 notification and recording of workplace incidents

 adequate information, training, instruction and supervision is provided

 consultation with employees on matters that affect their health, safety and

welfare;

 compliance with the requirements under the work health and safety

regulations.

 effective systems are in place for monitoring the health of workers and

workplace conditions.

The WHS Act also states that PCBU’s must also have a meaningful and open

consultation about work health and safety with its workers, health and safety

representatives and health and safety committees.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 33

Responsibilities of a Worker

The definition of a ‘worker’ includes any person who carries out work for a ‘person

conducting a business or undertaking' (PCBU).

This term 'worker' includes any person who works as an:

 employee

 trainee

 volunteer

 apprentice

 work experience student

 contractor or sub-contractor plus their employees

A worker must, while at work:

 take reasonable care for their own health and safety

 take reasonable care for the health and safety of others

 comply with any reasonable instruction by the employer or PCBU

 cooperate with any reasonable policies and procedures set by the employer

or the PCBU

 carry out their work in a way that does not put their own health and safety,

at risk, or that of others in the workplace

 identify and report potential workplace hazards

 report all work-related injuries

 implement service’s policies and procedures

 participate in workplace consultation about health and safety matters

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 34 © Compliant Learning Resources

3.3. Duty of Care

A duty of care is the legal obligation to safeguard others from harm while they are

in your care, using your services, or exposed to your activities. This means that you

should always act toward others with watchfulness, attention, caution, prudence

and care.

If educators do not follow the correct standards of care then the “duty of care” can

be breached. A breach can occur if it can be proven that something should have

been done or if somebody failed to do something and a child was harmed or at risk

of harm.

“Under the National Law, the approved provider and other persons have a

responsibility for supporting the health, protection, safety and wellbeing of all

children. In exercising their responsibilities under the National Law, these

persons must take reasonable care to protect children from foreseeable risk of

harm, injury and infection.”

Source: Guide to the National Quality Standard

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 35

Activity: Identify the Policy

The Sparkling Stars Education and Care Centre have a set of policies and

procedures that determine how staff carries out their duties. These policies can be

accessed via the Internet by following the link below:

Sparkling Stars Policies & Procedures

(Username: newusername - Password: newpassword)

Read each of the examples below where a staff member has not followed a Sparkling

Stars policy. Examine each one and determine which Sparkling Stars policy you

would point the staff member to, in order to solve the issue. Select the suitable policy

from the list below. Then reflect on what action Kim, Phoebe, Richard and Sabrina

should have taken in each circumstance.

Policies:

 Workplace Health and Safety

 Confidentiality

 Suncare

 Equipment

Look at the following questions and decide if you think there is a breach of the duty

of care. What Quality Area would each of these situations fall under in the National

Quality Framework?

Answer: Yes, a failure of the educators to ensure the child had sunscreen and a hat allowed the child to be sunburnt.

A child did not wear sunscreen or a hat during outdoor play and got sunburnt.

Is this a breach of “duty of care”?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 36 © Compliant Learning Resources

Health and Safety Representatives (HSR)

Most Early Childhood Education and Care services will have nominated a Health

and Safety Representative (HSR). This could be the Nominated Supervisor

(Director) or one of the Educators and are identified as a key contributor to health

and safety in the workplace by providing access to the views of workers.

HSRs represent workers on health and safety matters through ongoing

consultation and cooperation between workers and the employer (PCBU).

The responsibilities and duties of an HSR are to:

 represent workers on work health and safety (WHS) matters

 monitor WHS actions taken by the employer/PCBU

 investigate WHS complaints from workers

 look into anything that might be a risk to the WHS of the workers they

represent

Answer: Yes, a failure to adequately supervise the children and possibly the security of the fence allowed the child to wander away from the centre, therefore be put at risk of harm.

A child climbed over the fence and was outside of the centre grounds without an educator.

Is this a breach of “duty of care”?

Answer: Yes, it is the educator’s duty to ensure the gate remains securely latched and the children are supervised at all times. By the child wandering away unsupervised, the child is put at

risk of harm.

The gate was held open when a delivery was made at the centre. A child wandered out of the centre and to the neighbouring park. Is this a breach of “duty of care”?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 37

Health and Safety Committees

Health and Safety Committees bring together workers and management to assist

in the development and review of health and safety policies and procedures for the

workplace.

In an Early Childhood Education and Care service this process often happens as

part of staff meetings, and therefore all employees become part of the health and

safety committee.

The functions of the health and safety committee are:

 to facilitate co-operation between employer/ PCBU and workers in

instigating, developing and implementing measures to ensure the health

and safety of workers

 to assist in developing standards, rules and procedures relative to health and

safety.

Responsibilities of Visitors in the Workplace

Visitors include all other people that may enter the workplace. This may include

parents and families, other professional or suppliers. While at the workplace they

have work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and must:

 comply with any reasonable work health and safety instructions at the

workplace

 take reasonable care not to put themselves or others at risk.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 38 © Compliant Learning Resources

3.4. State/Territory WHS Authorities

The following table shows details of the regulator in your State or Territory:

State Regulator Telephone Website

Commonwealth Comcare 1300 366 979 www.comcare.gov.au

New South

Wales SafeWork NSW 13 10 50 www.safework.nsw.gov.au

Queensland

Workplace

Health and

Safety Qld

1300 362128 www.worksafe.qld.gov.au

South Australia SafeWork SA 1300 365 255 www.safework.sa.gov.au

Western

Australia WorkSafe WA 1300 307 877

www.commerce.wa.gov.au/WorkSa

fe

Victoria WorkSafe

Victoria

1800 136 089

03 9641 1555 www.worksafe.vic.gov.au

Australian

Capital

Territory

WorkSafe ACT 02 6207 3000 www.worksafe.act.gov.au

Tasmania WorkSafe

Tasmania 1300 366 322 www.worksafe.tas.gov.au

Northern

Territory NT WorkSafe 1800 019 115 www.worksafe.nt.gov.au

4. Centre Policy and Procedures

Each Early Childhood Education and Care services must have their own policy and

procedures in place to meet their responsibilities under the Workplace Health and

Safety Act, and the State and Commonwealth legislation.

WHS policies and procedures should encompass the “whole person” approach and

covers their social, mental and physical well-being. They should focus on safety in the

workplace, to reduce or minimise injury or disease, and to ensure the health and

wellbeing of employees, visitors and clients.

By following the health and safety policies, procedures and daily practices, they

become your tools to ensure a safe and healthy work environment for all.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 39

The purpose of these policies, procedures and practices are to protect:

 children and their family members,

 the carers and staff,

 your suppliers,

 the local community, and

 any peoples who come into contact with your workplace.

Since everybody is responsible for Workplace health and safety, it is important for each

of us to know the location and content of the centre's policy and be aware of our

responsibilities.

Examples of Workplace policies that may apply in an Early Childhood Education and

Care centre are:

 Emergency planning

 Emergency equipment

 First aid

 Accident and incident reporting

 Hazard identification & control (Risk Assessment & Hazard Register)

 Chemicals & hazardous substances

 Electrical safety

 Kitchen safety

 Manual handling

 Harassment and bullying

 Workplace stress

 Security

 Slips, trips and falls

 Vehicles and transports

 Injury management

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 40 © Compliant Learning Resources

4.1. Where to Find Workplace Health and Safety Information

You should first be introduced to Workplace Health and Safety policies, procedures

and practices during your Orientation/Induction, which should occur on your first

day.

During this process, you will be introduced to the centre's policies, procedures,

responsibilities, toilets, accessible areas evacuation points, emergency response

plans, etc.

Your job description will also have statements about your duties and

responsibilities to work health and safety, such as:

 Ensure a safe, caring and stimulating environment exists for all children and

that the health and wellbeing of each child is a priority.

 Assist in ensuring that the early childhood building, grounds and equipment

are maintained to a high standard of safety, cleanliness and repair.

 Assist in maintaining accurate records in accordance with legislative

requirements and service policy and procedures.

 Ensure the security of centre property and assets and maintain a

commitment to the care of all the centre’s property and assets.

 To maintain an attractive and safe indoor and outdoor physical

environment and to report to the Team Leader on matters relating to the

children.

Many of your general duties will have a Workplace Health and Safety focus:

 Disinfectant solutions for nappies, spray dispensers and bottles to be

changed daily, according to prescribed amounts.

 Bathroom areas kept clean and disinfected, at least twice each day.

 Wash, dry and fold and put away all laundry that you may be responsible

for.

 Wash all tables and chairs after each lunch time.

 Wash toys and equipment periodically.

 Disinfect all children's mattresses weekly.

 Wash all pots, paintbrushes and all glue pots after art and craft activities.

 Wash all afternoon tea dishes and attend to general cleanliness of the

kitchen area as needed.

 Clean and tidy storerooms, cupboards and sheds as needed.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 41

 General care and maintenance of all equipment and building and report to

the Coordinator as needed. This may include dealing with resource

shortages and reordering this, or reporting this when necessary.

 Maintain a clean and litter free outdoor area.

 Return all equipment and supplies to their designated area.

 Medical And Emergency Duties:

o To develop an awareness of accident procedures and record keeping.

o To be familiar with emergency procedures including evacuation

procedures.

o To identify, manage and monitor food allergies.

o To attend to minor first aid needs of the children, if you are a holder

of a first aid certificate.

o To ensure that all medications and poisons are kept out of reach of

the children.

 General Care of the Children:

o To ensure the rights of the child

o To maintain at all times adequate supervision of the children and

being aware of staff/child ratios at all time.

o To model appropriate language and behaviour for the children

The most effective way for employees to be kept up to date and knowledgeable

about Workplace health and safety is through training and consultation.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 42 © Compliant Learning Resources

Training

 induction training for new employees

 first aid training for all employees.

 Ongoing WHS hazard-specific training - e.g. In-house training sessions,

posters, information sheets etc.

 Conducting emergency response drills, e.g. emergency, evacuation and fire

drills

Consultation

Consultation helps ensure that everyone has a clear understanding of what is

expected of them, how to implement quality practices and to be accountable for

their actions.

Consultation can occur through formal and informal processes and may involve

direct or representational participation. Effective consultation can occur through:

 Including WHS matters on all staff meeting agendas

 Requesting staff suggestions

 WHS representatives

 Referring to WHS matters and information in staff newsletters

 Conducting staff surveys on WHS issues

 Issuing and displaying WHS information on staff notice boards

Workplace Health and Safety for Employee’s

Consultation

Professional Development

Training

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 43

Mandatory WHS Training Requirements

Emergency Evacuation Training

All businesses in Australia must now conduct mandatory training for all staff on

Emergency Evacuation.

Emergency and evacuation procedures

(1) The emergency and evacuation procedures required under regulation 168

must set out:

a) instructions for what must be done in the event of an emergency; and

b) an emergency and evacuation floor plan.

(2) For the purposes of preparing the emergency and evacuation procedures,

the approved provider of an education and care service must ensure that a

risk assessment is conducted to identify potential emergencies that are

relevant to the service.

(3) The approved provider of an education and care service must ensure that:

c) the emergency and evacuation procedures are rehearsed every 3 months

that the service is operating, by the nominated supervisor, staff members

and volunteers and children being educated and cared for by the service;

and

d) the rehearsals of the emergency and evacuation procedures are

documented.

(4) The approved provider of an education and care service must ensure that a

copy of the emergency and evacuation floor plan and instructions are

displayed in a prominent position near each exit at the education and care

service premises

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 44 © Compliant Learning Resources

First Aid Training

Section 136 (1) of the national regulations outlines more extensive requirements

for centre-based services:

The approved provider of a centre-based service must ensure that the following

persons are in attendance at any place where children are being educated and

cared for by the service, and immediately available in an emergency at all times

that children are being educated and cared for by the service:

a) at least one educator who holds a current approved first aid qualification

b) at least one educator who has undertaken current approved anaphylaxis

management training

c) at least one educator who has undertaken current approved emergency

asthma management training.

Services must have staff with current approved qualifications on duty at all times

and immediately available in an emergency. One staff member may hold one or

more of the qualifications.

Food Safety Training Requirements

Child care services need to comply with the Food Safety Standards developed by

Food Standards Australia New Zealand (FSANZ).

All business that sells, serves, supply or provides food to clients must comply with

Food Safety Standards.

If your centre prepares food on the premises, they will require a Food Licence and

have a Nominated Food Safety Supervisor that has completed the appropriate

training.

Under the Food Act, all food handlers must be trained in hygiene and food safety

procedures relevant to the duties they are performing.

The States and territories may have specific child care regulations that require safe,

hygienic food preparation, storage and practice. Regulations may also require that

staff be employed who have completed training provided by a Registered Training

Organisation.

Under the Food Act, all food handlers must be trained in hygiene and food safety

procedures relevant to the duties they are performing.

The States and territories may have specific child care regulations that require safe,

hygienic food preparation, storage and practice. Regulations may also require that

staff be employed who have completed training provided by a Registered Training

Organisation.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 45

5. Work Place Health and Safety Hazards in Children’s Services

5.1. Hazardous Manual Tasks

Every year, many educators are injured in early childhood workplaces, and most of

these injuries are musculoskeletal (sprains and strains, fractures and soft tissue

injuries), caused by everyday activities like moving play equipment, lifting children

and sitting on small chairs.

Manual Handling

Manual handling is lifting and carrying, but it also includes using force to push,

pull, or hold something.

In children’s services, we need to lift, carry and move equipment and toys as part

of our role. Some things to be aware of include:

 Minimise lifting where possible.

o lowering adjustable sides on cots,

o use steps for children to climb onto change tables( please remember

that supervision and holding the child’s hand is important),

o only non-walking children should be lifted,

o squat or kneel down to children’s level to comfort and interact rather

than bending from the waist.

o Ensure large, bulky equipment is stored in appropriate place and use

two people lift or a trolley to move.

Manual Tasks Health

and Safety

Slips, trips, falls

Manual Handling

People Lifting

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 46 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Ensure equipment is stored effectively.

o Position shelving at appropriate levels and provide step ladders etc.

to access higher stored items.

o Store heavy items between the shoulder and knee heights with lighter

equipment higher if necessary.

Educators should follow recommendation and standards from the “Manual tasks

involving the handling of people - Code of Practice 2001” when lifting, carrying and

providing services to children.

Figure: Injuries in Children's Services

Source: WorkSafe Injury Hotspots - Children’s Services

16%

9%

26%

7%

7%

11%

Psychological System

Shoulder

Back

Forearm/Wrists

Leg

Knee

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 47

Slips, Trips and Falls

What's going to cause you to slip or trip or fall at work?

 uneven floor surfaces like cracked tiles or torn, curled carpet

 steps and different floor levels

 toys, equipment and trolleys left in pathways / doorways

 clothing caught on furniture or appliances

 poor lighting

 wearing the wrong shoes

 slippery floors

How can you prevent slips, trips or falls at work?

 Tidy the play areas ensuring clear pathways, so there is nothing to fall over.

 Clean up spills straight away and use wet floor signs to alert others of hazard.

 Use mats on slippery floors.

Hazardous Substances

A hazardous substance is any solid, dust, liquid or gas that may cause harm to you.

These may include:

 cleaning products – detergents and disinfectants

 medications

How to prevent risk?

 Always make sure you read the labels

 Don't put them into recycled drink or food containers

 Follow all directions on the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). An MSDS

tells you about a hazardous substance and how to use it safely

 Use PPE (gloves, masks, safety glasses, aprons) when around or handling

them

 Attend training sessions about the hazardous substance

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 48 © Compliant Learning Resources

Biohazards

Many of the tasks and duties that educators and staff perform in an Early

Childhood Education and Care setting involve body fluids and substances.

Fluids such as urine, blood, saliva and other body excretions such as faeces, all

contain a risk of spreading infection if handled inappropriately. Staff should always

exercise extreme care when carrying out nappy changing, toileting duties.

Workplace Stress

“The Work Health and Safety Act imposes a legal duty on business operators to do

what is reasonably practicable to eliminate or minimise risk to worker health and

safety. This duty extends to protecting workers from the risk of harm from stressors

at work.”

Source: Overview of work-related stress, pg.1

Stress can affect different people in different ways.

Environmental

Environmental stressors such as physical, chemical or biological agents can

influence the worker’s comfort and performance in their work environment and

might contribute to a stress response. These factors can cause stress on their

own, but often act to exacerbate a person’s response to another stressor.

Types of environmental stressors include:

 noise

 temperature and humidity

 lighting

 vibration

 air quality

 unguarded plant and equipment.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 49

Individual

People respond to stressors at work in different ways. It has been suggested that

this can, in part, be related to physiological and/or personality factors (e.g.

resilience).

Worker well-being appears to benefit from a combination of challenging work,

a supportive atmosphere and adequate resources.

While it is important to recognise these individual differences and to match jobs

and tasks to individual abilities, this does not reduce an employer’s legal duty

to minimise workers’ exposure to risk factors for work-related stress and to

ensure the workplace does not exacerbate an existing illness.

Source: Overview of work-related stress

What is Work-Related Stress?

Stress is a term that is widely used in everyday life with most people having some

appreciation about its meaning. Commonly it is believed to occur in situations

where there is excessive pressure being placed on someone.

Work-related stress describes the physical, mental and emotional reactions of

workers who perceive that their work demands exceed their abilities and/or their

resources (such as time, help/support) to do the work. It occurs when they perceive

they are not coping in situations where it is important to them that they cope.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 50 © Compliant Learning Resources

What is Not Work-Related Stress?

Work-related stress is not a disease. Worker's responses to stressors may be

positive or negative depending on the type of demands placed on them, the amount

of control they have over the situation, the amount of support they receive and the

individual response of the person. In the vast majority of instances, people adjust

to stressors and are able to continue to perform their normal work duties.

Health Effects

When stressful situations go unresolved, the body is kept in a constant state of

stimulation, which can result in physiological and/or psychological illness.

Common health outcomes linked to stress include cardiovascular disease, immune

deficiency disorders, gastrointestinal disorders, musculoskeletal disorders and

psychiatric/psychological illness.

Short-lived or infrequent exposure to low-level stressors are not likely to lead to

harm, in fact, short-term exposure can result in improved performance. When

stressful situations go unresolved, however, the body is kept in a constant state of

stimulation, which can result in physiological and/or psychological changes and

illness.

Short-term health issues linked to stress include:

 Physical:

o headaches, indigestion, tiredness, slow reactions, shortness of breath

 Mental:

o difficulty in decision-making, forgetfulness

 Emotional:

o irritability, excess worrying, feeling of worthlessness, anxiety,

defensiveness, anger, mood swings

 Behavioural:

o diminished performance, withdrawal behaviours, impulsive

behaviour, increase in alcohol and nicotine consumption

Common longer-term health issues linked to stress include:

 cardiovascular disease (CVD), immune deficiency disorders

 gastrointestinal disorders, psychiatric/psychological illness

 (PPI) and musculoskeletal disorders.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 51

Possible Effects on Organisational Performance

Increased stress levels of workers in an organisation can lead to diminished

organisational performance as measured by the following:

 productivity and efficiency may be reduced

 job satisfaction, morale and cohesion may decline

 absenteeism and sickness absence may increase

 there may be an increase in staff turnover

 accidents and injuries may increase

 conflict may increase, and the quality of relationships may decline

 client satisfaction may be reduced

 There may be increased healthcare expenditure and workers’ compensation

claims.

The effects of work-related stress on organisational performance provide good

reasons — above and beyond legal duties and the direct financial and human costs

— as to why employers and other duty holders should reduce workers’ exposure to

workplace stressors.

Some potential work-related stressors are:

 occupational bullying and violence

 lack of decision making and control

 role uncertainty

 demanding work schedules or workloads

 inadequate skills to undertake a job

 unclear goals or expectations

 inability to work successfully with colleagues or manager

 job not a good fit for a person’s values

 feeling undervalued or underutilised

 company changes, job changes or job uncertainty

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 52 © Compliant Learning Resources

Some potential non-work related stressors are:

 relationship challenges

 death or illness of a family member or close friend

 illness and health concerns

 financial difficulties

 drug and alcohol abuse

 lack of decision making and control

 moving house and other major, consuming life disruptions

What Can Be Done to Prevent Stress?

 Train supervisors in how to manage people.

 Get extra staff for peak demand times.

 Make sure everyone knows their job responsibilities.

 Consult staff about changes.

 Provide assistance/counselling

 Are these risk factors in your workplace?

 Can job demands be met?

 Do workers:

o have control over how they do the work?

o get support from supervisors and co-workers

 Are workers:

o clear about their job role?

o rewarded for doing a good job?

 Are changes at work communicated ahead of time?

 Are there good relationships among workers and others?

 Does the workplace treat everyone fairly?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 53

5.2. Infection Control

The spread of infectious disease, especially respiratory and diarrhoeal infections,

occur more frequently in the child care environment due to the close contact

between a large number of children and staff. Using standard infection control

precautions and following both personal and workplace Hygiene Guidelines will

reduce the possibility of transmission and the risks.

Some Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children in rural areas are more at risk

of some infectious diseases, especially respiratory, diarrhoeal and ear infections

and their complications.

There are a lot of different diseases that spread through close contact with children

especially those staff conducting nappy changing and toileting tasks.

Infection control is about understanding infectious diseases and what causes them,

how they spread and how to prevent them. A key concept is the chain of infection,

which explains how germs can spread in education and care services.

There are four essential steps to the spread of infections. Infection control is aimed

at breaking this chain of infection. The steps are:

1. The person with the infection spreads the germ into their environment,

2. The germ must survive in the appropriate environment, e.g. air, food, water,

on objects and surfaces,

3. Another person then comes in contact with the germ,

4. This person then becomes infected.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 54 © Compliant Learning Resources

1. The person who has the infection spreads the germ into their

environment

This child or adult may or may not show any signs of illness. They may be

infectious before they become unwell, during their illness, after they have

recovered, or without any signs of illness at all.

For example, in cases of diarrhoea due to Giardia, children and staff who no

longer have diarrhoea may still have infectious Giardia in their bowel motions.

For this reason, the infection control process must always be followed by all

people in the child care centre.

2. The germ must survive in the appropriate environment

Infectious illnesses may be due to viruses, bacteria, protozoa or fungi. All of

these organisms are too small to see with the naked eye. These germs can

survive on hands and objects, for example, toys, door handles and bench tops.

The length of time a germ may survive on a surface depends on the germ itself,

the type of surface it has contaminated and how often the surface is cleaned. It

is also dependent upon environmental conditions such as temperature and

humidity. Washing with detergent and water is a very effective way of removing

germs.

3. Another person then comes in contact with the germ

Germs can be transmitted in a number of ways, including through the air by

droplets; through contact with faeces and then contact with mouths; through

direct contact with the skin; and through contact with other body secretions

(such as urine, saliva, discharges or blood).

4. The person becomes infected

When the germ has reached the next person, it must find a way to enter the

body. It can enter through the mouth, intestinal tract, nose, lungs, mucosa of

eyes, genitals or through a sore or broken and abraded skin. We can prevent

illness at this stage by preventing entry to the body (for example, by making

sure all toys that children put in their mouths are clean, having children,

parents and staff wash and dry their hands, covering wounds) and by

immunisation. Whether a person develops illness after this germ has entered

the body depends on both the germ and the person’s immunity.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 55

Common Diseases in Childcare Services

Cytomegalovirus is spread through urine and saliva causes a flu-like illness with

fever, sore throat and swollen glands although it does not usually cause illness in

healthy people, and they may be unaware that they have been infected.

 Wash their hands regularly, especially after contact with urine and saliva

and after removing disposable gloves.

 Use disposable gloves (e.g. latex or vinyl) for activities that involve contact

with urine and saliva.

 Cover cuts with water-resistant dressings.

 Provide information to workers about CMV risks during pregnancy and

work practices to reduce the risk of infection. Keep training records.

 Regularly clean surfaces and items that are soiled with urine and saliva,

including nappy change mats, potties and toys.

 Implement hygienic nappy changing and toileting practices

 Instruct workers to inform their employer if they are pregnant or expect to

become pregnant.

 Advise workers to discuss CMV risks with their doctor if pregnant or

planning a pregnancy.

 Consider relocating workers who are pregnant, or who expect to become

pregnant, to care for children aged over two years of age.

Source: Cytomegalovirus (CMV) in early childhood education and care services

Infectious diseases can spread in a variety of ways:

 Through the air

 From direct or indirect contact with another person (including from a

mother to her unborn child)

 Soiled objects

 Skin or mucous membrane (the thin, moist lining of many parts of the body

such as the nose, mouth, throat and genitals)

 Saliva

 Urine

 Blood and body secretions

 Through sexual contact

 Through contaminated food and water.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 56 © Compliant Learning Resources

Airborne Droplets from Nose and Throat

Some infections are spread when an infected person sneezes or coughs out tiny

airborne droplets. The droplets in the air may be breathed indirectly by another

person, or indirectly enter another person through contact with surfaces and hands

contaminated with the droplets. Some droplets are very fine and can be carried

long distances by air currents. This is known as an airborne spread and includes:

 Chickenpox

 Measles

 Tuberculosis

Other droplets are larger and travel less than one metre in the air. Examples are:

 Common cold

 Mumps

 Diphtheria

 Haemophilus influenza type b (Hib)

 Influenza

 Streptococcal sore throat

 Whooping cough (Pertussis)

 Pneumococcal disease

 Rubella

 Meningitis (bacterial) including meningococcal infection

 Parvovirus infection

Skin or Mucous Membrane (Lining of Nose and Mouth) Contact

Some infections are spread directly when skin or mucous membrane (the thin,

moist lining of many parts of the body such as the nose, mouth, throat and genitals)

comes into contact with other skin or mucous membrane. Infections are spread

indirectly when skin or mucous membrane comes in contact with contaminated

objects or surfaces.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 57

Examples of diseases spread by skin or mucous membrane contact.

 Chickenpox

 Cold sores (herpes simplex)

 Conjunctivitis

 Hand, foot and mouth disease

 Molluscum contagiosum

 Ringworm

 Scabies

 School sores (Impetigo)

 Staphylococcus aureus

 Thrush

 Warts (common, flat and plantar)

Saliva

Some infections are spread by direct contact with saliva (such as kissing) or indirect

contact with contaminated objects (children sucking and sharing toys).

Examples:

 Glandular fever (Mononucleosis)

 Cytomegalovirus infection (CMV)

 Hepatitis B

Urine

Some infections are spread when urine from an infected person is transferred from

soiled hands or objects to the mouth.

Example of a disease spread by urine:

 Cytomegalovirus (CMV)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 58 © Compliant Learning Resources

Faecal-oral

Some infections are spread when microscopic amounts of faeces from an infected

person are passed directly from soiled hands to mouth or indirectly by way of

objects, surfaces, food or water soiled with faeces, to another. An infected person

doesn’t necessarily have symptoms of their illness.

Examples of diseases spread from faeces:

 Campylobacter infection

 Rotavirus infection

 Cryptosporidiosis

 Salmonella infection

 Giardiasis

 Thrush

 Hand, foot and mouth disease

 Shigella infection

 Hepatitis A

 Viral gastroenteritis

 Worms

Blood

Some infections are spread when blood or other body fluids from an infected

person comes into contact with the mucous membranes (the thin, moist lining of

many parts of the body such as the nose, mouth, throat and genitals) or

bloodstream of an uninfected person, such as through a needle stick or a break in

the skin. The transmission of these infections is extremely unlikely in the child care

setting.

Examples of diseases spread through blood/body secretions:

 Hepatitis B

 Hepatitis C

 Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)

 Cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 59

Sexually Transmitted Infections

These infections are most commonly transmitted by sexual contact. Sexual

contact means:

 genital to genital

 oral to genital

 oral

 genital to anal.

Examples of sexually transmitted infections:

 Chlamydia infection

 genital herpes

 genital warts

 gonorrhoea

 hepatitis B

 human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection

 non-specific urethritis (NSU)

 pubic lice (crabs)

 syphilis

 trichomoniasis

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 60 © Compliant Learning Resources

Food or Waterborne Diseases

These diseases result from ingestion of water or a wide variety of foods

contaminated with disease-causing microorganisms or their toxins. Often these

infections are also spread by the faecal-oral route.

Examples of food or waterborne diseases:

 botulism

 Campylobacter infection

 cholera

 Cryptosporidium infection

 haemolytic-uraemic syndrome

 Listeria infection

 Salmonella infection

 Shigella infection

 typhoid and paratyphoid

 Yersinia infection

Diseases Where Person-to-Person Spread Occurs Rarely, If Ever

Some infectious diseases are almost never spread by direct contact with an infected

person. These diseases are usually spread by contact with an environmental source

such as animals, insects, water or soil.

Examples of diseases spread by contact with animals:

 cat-scratch disease

 hydatid disease

 psittacosis

 Q fever

 rabies

 toxoplasmosis

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 61

Examples of diseases spread by insects and in the examples listed below,

specifically by mosquitoes:

 Barmah Forest virus infection

 dengue fever

 malaria

 Ross River virus infection

Examples of diseases spread by contact with water or soil:

 amoebic meningitis

 legionella infection

 tetanus

Breaking the Chain of Infection

To stop infections spreading, you can break the chain of infection at any point

through:

• effective hand hygiene

• exclusion of ill children, educators and other staff

• immunisation

• cough and sneeze etiquette

• appropriate use of gloves

• effective environmental cleaning.

If these are not done properly, the many other processes that support infection

control, such as cleaning and food safety procedures, will not work well.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 62 © Compliant Learning Resources

5.3. Exclusion of Ill Children

It is important to identify and record signs of ill health in children and staff

members at child care workplaces.

Encourage parents to tell the staff when their child or other family members have

been ill.

If a child appears to be sick or if the child appears itchy or is scratching more than

usual:

 Check the child for signs of fever, skin irritation or rashes;

 Record the symptoms;

 Notify the child’s parents as soon as possible;

 Isolate the child from others;

 Monitor the child’s temperature; and

 Wash your hands before touching another child.

Staff members should seek medical advice if they are concerned and have not been

able to contact the sick child’s parents.

When staff members are handling sick children, they should not place their fingers

in their mouths, scratch themselves or rub their eyes and they should ensure that

they have covered cuts or other broken skin that they may have.

Exclusion of Sick children and Educators

“Excluding sick children and staff is one of the three most important ways of

limiting the spread of infection in the child care centre. The spread of certain

infectious diseases can be reduced by excluding a person, who is known to be

infectious, from contact with others who are at risk of catching the infection.”

Source: NHMRC - “Staying Healthy in Child Care: Preventing infectious diseases in child care,”

Fourth Edition

Parents may find an exclusion ruling difficult, and some parents may place great

pressure on the director to vary from the centre’s exclusion rules. Often these

parents are under great pressure themselves to fulfil work, study or other family

commitments. This may lead to stress and conflict between parents and centre

staff.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 63

It is important that as part of the enrolment process staff discuss the exclusion

process and the legal requirements so that emotions, feelings and issues of

inclusion and exclusion, fair and unfair behaviour, bias and prejudice do not

interfere with later decisions to exclude children due to illness.

In following the NQS, we need to ensure that families are informed about and

follow the service’s policy and guidelines for the exclusion of ill children, including

any relevant exclusion periods.

NQS Standard 2.1 Each child’s health and physical activity is

supported and promoted

NQS Element 2.1.2 Effective illness and injury management and

hygiene practices are promoted and implemented.

All centres will have a policy outlining the exclusion policy and procedures, as well

as any additional conditions that may apply. It is important to be familiar with this

policy.

The following are recommended minimum periods of exclusion, stated by the

Australian National Health and Medical Research Council Health, based on the

risk of infection but a child or staff member may need to stay at home longer than

the exclusion period to recover from an illness.

Recommended exclusion periods are based on the time that a person with a specific

disease or condition is likely to be infectious. Recommended ‘Not excluded’ means

there is no significant risk of transmitting the infection to others.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 64 © Compliant Learning Resources

Condition Exclusion of Case

(e.g. the child with condition)

Exclusion of contacts

(e.g. other family

members)

Chickenpox

(Varicella)

Exclude until all blisters have

dried. This is usually at least 5

days after the rash first

appeared in unimmunised

children and less in immunised

children.

Any child with an immune

deficiency (for example,

leukaemia) or receiving

chemotherapy should be

excluded for their own

protection. Otherwise, not

excluded.

Conjunctivitis Exclude until the discharge

from the eyes has stopped

unless the doctor has

diagnosed non-infectious

conjunctivitis.

Exclude until the discharge

from the eyes has stopped

unless the doctor has

diagnosed non-infectious

conjunctivitis.

Diarrhoea (no

organism identified)

Exclude until there has not

been a loose bowel motion for

24 hours

Not excluded

Giardiasis Exclude until there has not

been a loose bowel motion for

24 hours

Not excluded

Hand, foot and mouth

disease

Exclude until all blisters have

dried

Not excluded

Head lice

(Pediculosis)

Exclusion is NOT necessary if

effective treatment is

commenced prior to the next

day at childcare (i.e. the child

doesn’t need to be sent home

immediately if head lice are

detected).

Not excluded

Herpes simplex (cold

sores, fever, blisters)

Exclusion is not necessary if

the person is developmentally

capable of maintaining hygiene

practices to minimise the risk of

transmission.

If the person is unable to

comply with these practices

they should be excluded until

the sores are dry. Sores should

be covered by a dressing where

possible.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 65

Impetigo (school sores)

Exclude until appropriate antibiotic treatment has commenced. Any sores on exposed skin should be covered with a watertight dressing.

Not excluded

Influenza and

influenza-like

illnesses

Exclude until well Not excluded

Measles Exclude for 4 days after the

onset of the rash

Immunised and immune

contacts are not excluded.

Non-immunised contacts of a

case are to be excluded from

child care until 14 days after

the first day of appearance of

rash in the last case, unless

immunised within 72 hours of

the first contact during the

infectious period with the first

case.

All immune-compromised

children should be excluded

until 14 days after the first

day of appearance of rash in

the last case.11

Meningitis (bacterial) Exclude until well and has

received appropriate antibiotics

Not excluded

Meningitis (viral) Exclude until well Not excluded

Meningococcal

infection

Exclude until appropriate

antibiotic treatment has been

completed

Not excluded

Whooping cough

(pertussis)

Exclude until five days after

starting appropriate antibiotic

treatment or for 21 days from

the onset of coughing.

Contacts that live in the same

house as the case and have

received less than three

doses of pertussis vaccine

are to be excluded from the

centre until they have had 5

days of an appropriate

course of antibiotics. If

antibiotics have not been

taken, these contacts must

be excluded for 21 days after

their last exposure to the

case while the person was

infectious.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 66 © Compliant Learning Resources

For a more detailed list of exclusions, please refer to:

• Recommended minimum exclusion periods for infectious conditions

for schools, pre-schools and child care centres from the NHMRC

website http://compliantlearningresources.com.au/network/wp-

content/uploads/2018/02/Recommended-Minimum-Exclusion-

Periods.pdf

• “Staying Healthy in Child Care: Preventing infectious diseases in early

childhood education and care services ” 5th Edition (2013)

• Go to Sparkling Stars Infection Control and Hygiene in Children and

watch the following video: 3-“Exclusion Guidelines.”

Involvement of Parents

Provide parents with a copy of the centre’s policies on immunisation, medication,

infection control (hygiene) and exclusion when the child is enrolled. Encourage

parents to return and discuss these policies with you. The exclusion policy is often

the policy most likely to cause concern.

Make sure that parents understand why the centre has an exclusion policy. Most

parents will appreciate your attempts to prevent illness in their children. In

particular, it is important that parents support the centre’s policies on cleanliness.

Ask parents to encourage their children to wash and dry their hands on arrival at

the centre and when leaving.

Your local public health authorities can assist you with these situations or if you

have questions about exclusion.

Letters from the children’s doctor which state that the child should be allowed back

into care should be considered only as an advice, not as a rule. The Director should

be the only person responsible for ensuring that the child’s current condition meets

the centre’s criteria for return to care.

Whenever a child is excluded, take the opportunity to review your infection control

procedures with all carers. In particular, check that hand washing procedure are

being followed and maintained.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 67

The need for exclusion depends upon:

 The ease with which the infection can be spread

 The ability of the infected person to follow hygiene precautions

 The severity of the disease

The exclusion procedure is used to:

 Identify when symptoms or a medical diagnosis fit a condition with an

exclusion period; Refer to the table below for the recommended minimum

periods of exclusion

 Advise the parents or staff member when they may return to the centre

The following steps must be taken within 24 hours of recognition:

 Institute infection control measures

 Contact your local PHU & seek advice on managing the outbreak

 Advise all staff and parents/guardians of children

 Post signage at entrance of facility and on bathroom doors

 Monitoring and surveillance of children and staff

5.4. Personal Protective Equipment

What is personal protective equipment (PPE)?

PPE is clothing or equipment designed to control risks to health and safety in the

workplace.

It includes:

 body protection - gloves, aprons

 eye protection - goggles, sunglasses

 foot protection - appropriate closed in shoes

 head/face protection - sun hats

 substances used to protect health - sunscreen

PPE is the least satisfactory solution to health and safety problems in the

workplace, as it does not address the hazard – it only provides a shield to protect

our health and safety.

This said, it is still important that they are used to protect the health and safety of

you and the children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 68 © Compliant Learning Resources

What is my responsibility with PPE’s?

By law, you must cooperate with your employer’s health and safety requirements.

That means that if your employer requires you to use PPE, you must use it. If you

refuse to wear or use your PPE, your employer can take disciplinary action.

Tell your employer if the PPE becomes damaged, broken or if the PPE supplies,

such as gloves, are running low to ensure they can be ordered.

If you see someone not using PPE when they should be, it is important you inform

them of the correct procedure that is set in the policy and that the PPE is needed to

be used.

What does my employer have to do?

Your employer must provide you with PPE where it is necessary to ensure your

health and safety at work.

If your employer requires you to use PPE, they must provide you with adequate

instruction and training.

Your employer must also ensure that the PPE is provided in a clean and hygienic

condition, and is properly maintained.

5.5. Safety Signs

Standard safety signage should be displayed throughout the workplace to alert staff

and children of any potential risks and hazards that may be in the area.

Signs and symbols you see in the workplace are to remind you or tell you about

something. These physical reminders assist us to remember to follow good

workplace health practices.

Dangerous Goods

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 69

Dangerous Goods Classifications

The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals

(GHS) is a single internationally agreed system of chemical classification and

hazard communication through labelling and Safety Data Sheets (SDS).

Dangerous Goods Signage

Explosive Flammable Oxidising

Gases Under Pressure Acute Toxicity Health Hazards

Corrosive Chronic Health Hazards Environmental

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 70 © Compliant Learning Resources

Emergency – Information

Square or rectangle: GREEN or RED background, white symbol

Common Fire Equipment and Safety Signage

Fire Blanket Fire Telephone Fire Hose Reel

Fire Hose Reel Fire Equipment Fire Stairs

Fire Extinguisher

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 71

Common First Aid and Safety Signage

Automated External

Defibrillator

Emergency Breathing

Apparatus

Emergency Eye Washer

Emergency Shower Emergency Stretcher Emergency Phone

First Aid Fire Exit Direction

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 72 © Compliant Learning Resources

Caution – Be careful

Triangle: YELLOW background, black border and symbol

Common Warning Signage

Beware Wet Paint Electrical Hazard Biochemical Hazard

Beware Of Lifting Beware of

Vehicles/Traffic

Radiation

Poisonous Materials Slip Hazard Trip Fall Hazard

Beware Steps Beware Pedestrians

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 73

Mandatory Information – You must wear this

Circle: BLUE background, white symbol/picture inside

Common Notice Signage

Earmuffs Must Be

Worn

Protective Eyewear

Must Be Worn At All

Times

Face Masks Must Be Worn

Child Supervision

Required

Gloves Must Be Worn Must Remain Locked At All

Times

Safety Clothing Must

Be Worn

Safety Vest Required

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 74 © Compliant Learning Resources

Stop and Prohibition – ‘You must not …’

Circle: WHITE background with RED borders and crossbar; black symbol

Common Information Signage

No Unauthorised

Access

No Pictures/Cameras No Smoking

Potable (Drinkable)

Water

Non-Drinkable Water No Sharps/Needles

Wheelchair Access

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 75

6. Work Place Emergency Procedures

6.1. Fire and Evacuation Drills

The Education and Care Services National Regulations 2011, Regulation 97 states,

“All child care centre must have an emergency and evacuation procedures required

under regulation 168 must set out:

(a) instructions for what must be done in the event of an emergency; and

(b) an emergency and evacuation floor plan.

And be displayed in a prominent position near each exit at the education and care

service premises, including a family day care residence and approved family day

care venue.

The centre must have evacuation drills every 3 months and the procedures and

outcomes of these drills documented.

Through regular drills, the children and staff become familiar with the procedures

and will learn quickly how to react to emergency situations.

Children should be prepared for the drills and know the procedures they need to

follow. Having a discussion and walking through the procedure slowly can assist

children and helps to alleviate any fears of the child.

Please make yourself familiar with the evacuation procedures in your

centre as roles and responsibilities may vary from centre to centre.

Evacuation Procedure

UPON DISCOVERY or NOTIFICATION OF FIRE – Blow the air horn/whistle to

alert all children, staff, visitors and parents of the emergency.

Remember to remain calm and do not give a sense of panic, reassure the children

and alert the fire brigade if any children or staff are missing.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 76 © Compliant Learning Resources

The Lead Educator in each room with help from Educators shall:

 Immediately move all children from the building of the emergency to the

external evacuation assembly point (see Evacuation map for assembly

point), using evacuation cots for babies and toddlers, taking attendance

sheets/ class roll, gate keys and first aid kit, and collect any emergency

medication e.g. EpiPens, asthma medication, etc. for children in attendance.

 DO NOT collect children’s belongings or put shoes on etc; our priority is to

exit the building with the children safely.

 Staffs are to check all areas of the room are empty and close all windows and

doors (including bathrooms, cot rooms, art rooms, storerooms) as you leave.

 Ensure that family members and visitors within your room follow your

direction to evacuate with your group to the designated assembly point.

 Once assembled at the external evacuation assembly point, mark off each

child on attendance sheet,

 Report numbers of children to Nominated Supervisor (Director).

 Ensure all staff are accounted for/ assist other rooms where possible. Any

staff that are on breaks, programming or study need to return to their rooms

ASAP and assist staff to evacuate children.

The Nominated Supervisor (Director) or delegate will:

 Call the fire brigade “000.”

 Take mobile phone and centres emergency contacts for all children.

 Check numbers of children and staff in attendance and inform parents of

the emergency. If a drill evacuation, parents to be notified on the collection

of the child.

 The Nominated Supervisor or delegate will take further instruction from the

Fire Department and inform staff when it is safe to re-enter the building.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 77

6.2. Emergency Evacuation Procedures

 The Emergency evacuation plan should be displayed prominently in each room

and the entrance of the building.

 Emergency numbers should be located near telephones and emergency

evacuation plan

 Educators should be fully trained and practised in emergency procedure

 Educators need to know the location of and how to use fire extinguishers and

fire blankets

 Children need to be taught to respond to a particular signal that is only used for

emergencies, such as a whistle and know what to do in an emergency situation.

 Have a cot with wheels that will fit through a standard doorway, to safely

evacuate infants and toddlers.

 All team members should be assigned specific roles as part of the preparation

for emergencies.

 A system needs to be in place to account for all people, including children,

educators and any parents, students or other people who may be visiting at the

time of the emergency. (Children sign in sheets, and staff and visitor sign-in/out

book should be used to mark off a roll of all people in the centre.)

 Parents need to be aware of the emergency procedures for the centre and

informed if there is an emergency evacuation and also need to be informed if

their child has been involved in a drill.

 Assembly points- Assembly points should be carefully selected to ensure it a

safe distance from any hazard. A safe assembly area may be a neighbouring

yard, a shop, local park, etc. – this will depend on the geographic area in which

the service is situated

o In the event of a widespread emergency such as flooding or bushfire

where whole streets must be evacuated, it is likely that the assembly

point will be nominated by the evacuation personnel.

o It would be important to alert emergency personnel of the need for

assistance with transportation and ensure that an educator is

transported with the children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 78 © Compliant Learning Resources

An emergency kit should be prepared for staff to take during the evacuation. It

should include:

 first aid kit, torch

 notepad and pens

 scissors, whistle

 mobile telephone

 spare keys to the building

 daily attendance records of children, staff and visitors

 emergency contact details (telephone numbers) for parents

 water, bottles, nappies, wipes etc.

 spare clothes

 the telephone number of the nominated person for emergency contact for

staff,

 the telephone number for management, owner, and licensing authority.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 79

CHAPTER 2. IMPLEMENT SAFE WORK PRACTICES

Applying the principles of good practice

Child safe organisations require a policy framework that addresses specific

requirements outlined in the Children’s Protection Act 1993.

These include:

 the centre’s commitment to the safety and protection of children

 how all staff recognise and respond to suspicions of child abuse and neglect

 standards of care for ensuring the safety of children including standards for

addressing bullying by children within the centre

 codes of conduct for all staff within the centre

 standards of care for all staff within the centre that reflect the duty of care to

children.

ECA Code of Conduct

Every staff member in an Early Childhood Education and Care service/centre should

know the Early Childhood Australia’s Code of Ethics off by heart. This code

provides a framework for thinking about the ethical issues early childhood

professionals encounter in their everyday work.

Rather than being a set of rules to follow, the Code is an aspirational document which

provides an ethical compass—a ‘resource for the journey’ (Mackay, 2004, p. 14).

Committing to or using the Code is about being willing to recognise the complexities

inherent in our work and the need to think carefully before acting.

The Code is made up of various sections which identify commitments to:

 children

 families

 colleagues

 profession

 community and society

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 80 © Compliant Learning Resources

Policies are not easy fixes

No policy or procedure can guarantee child safety, but by implementing good practice

principles, centres may promote child safety and wellbeing while minimising the risk

of harm to children.

Training and education is the best way to ensure that everyone in the centre

understands that safety is everyone’s responsibility. All staff should feel confident and

comfortable in discussing safety issues.

Training and support also promote an awareness of the appropriate standards of safety

required to be met by staff to ensure that the centre meets its duty of care when

providing services to children.

Some of the practices centres should be using include:

 Encouraging children to use simple rules of hygiene including hand washing

and basic dental care

 Ensuring equipment and toys are regularly cleaned/washed and well

maintained

 Keeping facilities such as bathrooms, kitchens, sleep and rest and play areas

clean

 Using hygienic toileting and nappy change methods

 Using hygienic procedures for wiping noses

 Displaying clear signs about the service's hygiene procedures

 Hygienic food handling, preparation and storage and rubbish removal

 Encouraging families to keep sick children at home

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 81

1. Implement WHS Procedures and Work Instructions

The NQS has requirements under various Quality Standards for every centre to ensure

that policies and procedures are developed and implemented to cover the following

areas:

2.1.1

regulation 81 Sleep and rest

regulation

168(2)(a)(v)

Education and care service must have policies

and procedures in relation to sleep and rest for

children

2.1.2

regulation 88 Infectious diseases

regulation 89 First aid kits

regulation 93 Administration of medication

regulation 94 Exception to authorisation requirement—

anaphylaxis or asthma emergency

regulation 95 Procedure for administration of medication

regulation 96 Self-administration of medication

regulation

136 First aid qualifications

2.1.2, 2.1.3,

2.2.1 regulation 77 Health, hygiene and safe food practices

2.1.2, 2.2.2,

2.2.3

regulation 85

Incident, injury, trauma and illness policies and

procedures

regulation

177

Prescribed enrolment and other documents to be

kept by approved provider

regulation

178

Prescribed enrolment and other documents to be

kept by family day care educator

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 82 © Compliant Learning Resources

2.1.2, 2.2.1

regulation 90 Medical conditions policy

regulation 91 Medical conditions policy to be provided to

parents

regulation 92 Medication record

regulation

162

Health information to be kept in enrolment

record, including the immunisation status of the

child

2.1.2, 2.2.1,

2.2.2, 2.2.3

regulation 86 Notification to parents of incident, injury, trauma

and illness

regulation 87 Incident, injury, trauma and illness record

2.1.2, 2.1.3,

2.2.1, 2.2.2

regulation

168

Education and care service must have policies

and procedures

2.1.3, 2.2.1

regulation 78 Food and beverages

regulation 79 Service providing food and beverages

regulation 80 Weekly menu

2.2.1

regulation 82 Tobacco, drug and alcohol-free environment

regulation 83 Staff members and family day care educators not

to be affected by alcohol or drugs

2.2.3 regulation 84 Awareness of child protection law

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 83

2.2.1

regulation 99 Children leaving the education and care

premises

regulation

100

Risk assessment must be conducted before

excursion

regulation

101 Conduct of risk assessment for excursion

regulation

102 Authorisation for excursions

regulation

161 Authorisations to be kept in enrolment record

regulation

166 Children not to be alone with visitors

regulation

274

NSW

Swimming pools

regulation

344

Tasmania

Safety screening clearance – staff members

regulation

345

Tasmania

Swimming pool prohibition

2.2.2

regulation 97 Emergency and evacuation procedures

regulation 98 Telephone or other communication equipment

regulation

160

Child enrolment records to be kept by approved

provider and family day care educator

regulation

161 Authorisations to be kept in enrolment record

regulation

162 Health information to be kept in enrolment record

Source: Adapted from Quality Improvement Plan template (2017)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 84 © Compliant Learning Resources

As we learnt earlier, your centre will have many policies, procedures and practices but

just how do they fit together?

Policy

A policy describes the guideline or rule to be followed. A policy states the centre's

stance on a range of topics relating to the service provided and gives a framework for

decision making and ensures consistent practice.

Procedure

A procedure will detail the action to be taken to address the policy and outlines the

implementation process. It facilitates decision making, provides consistency and

independence and enhances effective management and teamwork.

Practice

The activities carried out to apply the policy as outlined in your policies and

procedures.

Work Instruction

A work instruction is a sequence of steps that describe a sequence of work required to

achieve a task efficiently and safely, using the tools in your workplace.

A work instruction will be written by experienced staff who will consider the following:

 Hazard inspection

 Risk assessment

 PPE list

 Tools and equipment list

 Work sequence and required job outcome

Following the work instruction should allow a new staff member to safely and

efficiently complete the task after an example demonstration.

It is very important that you follow every step of the work instruction to meet safety

standards.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 85

If you are unsure or do not understand your job role or instructions provided to you

by your supervisor (Lead Educator or Nominated Supervisor/Director) it is important

that you ask for clarification. It is always better to use your imitative and clarify your

understanding than complete the task incorrectly.

An example work instruction for changing nappies is on the next page. Read through

the instructions carefully, are there any steps or extra instructions you might add?

Work instruction for: Sparkling Stars Early Education and Care Centre

Written by:

Date:

Supervisor has ensured the person completing the task has read and

understood the work instruction.

Signature: Date:

Worker has read and understood the work instruction before commencing the

task.

Signature: Date:

Description of job task: Changing Nappies

Identified risks / Hazards and required methods of control

Cross-contamination from urine, faeces, blood – PPE required

Manual Lifting injury – administration: procedure to be followed

Safe steps to complete the job (write dot point step by step instructions)

1) Wash your hands thoroughly, and dry them.

2) Check cleanliness of change table or mat.

3) Prepare change table or mat with a folded towel for a child to lay on.

4) Make sure you have all the materials you need within your reach.

5) Let the child know that you are going to change their nappy. Always approach

them from the front when picking them up or leading them to the change area.

6) Lift the child onto the change mat, using the correct lifting techniques as specified

by occupational health and safety standards and People Lifting Code of Practice.

7) Interact appropriately with the child, e.g. smiling and talking continuously whilst

changing their nappy.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 86 © Compliant Learning Resources

8) Undress the child then put gloves on to change their nappy. You should always

wear gloves when changing nappies.

9) Take the nappy off.

10) Using a cloth and warm soapy water to clean in the creases of the baby's

bottom, genitals and thighs. Place the used cloth into the cloth bucket and dry

the baby with a clean cloth.

11) Apply creams or lotions, if needed, using a cotton bud or cotton wool.

12) Dispose of the used nappy into a nappy bucket. You should use the sluice to

remove the faeces before putting the nappy in the nappy bucket.

13) Remove your gloves without touching the outside of the glove and place them in

a bin as soon as the soiled nappy is removed to prevent the spread of infection.

14) Lift the child's legs up gently to place clean nappy underneath the child’s bottom.

Put the baby's clothes back on, or replace them with clean clothes if necessary.

15) Wash the child's hands. Return the child to their play area.

16) Clean the change area with warm soapy water or safe cleaning product.

17) Wash and dry your hands.

Required equipment/tools

Lotion, wipes, change table/mat, towel, latex gloves, soap, fresh nappies

Required Personal Protective Equipment

Gloves

Training/instruction required before operation

Nappy changing procedure

WHS Policies

Demonstration of task by supervisor

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 87

2. Safe Housekeeping Practices

A large part of your job role and responsibilities towards Workplace Health and Safety

will be to ensure that certain cleaning tasks are performed regularly:

Benches, tables, chairs and highchairs

Clean all benches, tables, chairs and highchairs after use, especially after meal times

and activity times, with warm soapy water. After the initial cleaning process,

disinfectant can be used if required.

At the end of the day: check all furniture items are clean and ready for the morning.

When cleaning benches, tables and highchairs, don’t just clean the surface area on top,

underneath should also be cleaned, don’t forget the legs. Stack chairs to one side rather

than placing them on tabletops when you clean the floor.

Toys

At the end of each day, all toys need to be washed and disinfected or if suitable wash

them in the dishwasher. Mouthed toys need to be constantly cleaned and if a toy has

been mouthed and discarded, immediately wash in hot soapy water before returning

it to the child. Washing all toys will help reduce the risk of cross-infection.

Floors

Sweep and mop floors after each meal, and especially after a messy activity. Always

place a ‘slippery when wet sign’ near any spill or whilst you are mopping to notify every

one of the risks. Regular sweeping and mopping ensure the floor is safe from slip and

trip hazards at all times and helps to prevent cross-contamination as the children,

especially infants and toddlers, are often moving around on the floor during play. The

floor should be cleaned with environmental friendly floor cleaner using the

appropriate bucket and mop for the area. Many centres will have a colour code system

for each area that requires a mop and bucket. Different coloured equipment will be

used for bathrooms, playrooms and kitchens to prevent cross-contamination from one

area of the centre to another.

Mats

Mats should be vacuumed as necessary during the day, especially if there has been a

spill (e.g. sand), and again at the end of the day.

Bins

Bins containing bodily excretions and bins containing food scraps must be covered at

all times and emptied at the end of each day. Bins should be clean weekly or as

required. A disinfectant on the nappy bin may be required as well.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 88 © Compliant Learning Resources

Toilets, Potties and Bathroom Areas

Potties are washed after each individual use.

Toilets and the bathroom areas will need to be cleaned once in the middle of the day

(usually during rest time), again at the end of the day. Any toileting accidents or water

spillages that occur may require a further clean. Bathroom areas need to be cleaned

with hot water and detergent, followed by disinfectant to prevent cross-contamination

of germs from the children using the bathrooms and also ensures the floors are dry to

prevent slipping.

Bathroom cleaning includes:

 cleaning the inside and outside of toilets,

 hand basins,

 taps,

 window ledges and windows,

 mirror,

 floor, and

 bin.

The Nappy Change area should be cleaned after each individual nappy change and

thoroughly cleaned and left to air dry at the end of each day.

Linen, Blankets and Sleeping Mats

Each child should be allocated their own set of bed linen,

blankets and sleeping mat. Each should be stored

separately.

Cots, mattresses and linen are washed between each use

or at the end of each week.

Bed linen must be washed between each child’s use,

immediately if soiled and at least once a week. Sleep mats need to be disinfected after

each use.

Use a washing basket to carry used linen to ensure germs are not transferred onto your

clothing. Linen should be washed in hot water.

Cleaning Cloths

To help stop the spread of germs and bacteria from one surface to another, different

coloured cloths should be used for each task or duty, e.g. red cloths for cleaning tables,

yellow cloths for cleaning floors. Each care service will have its own procedure to

follow.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 89

Sample cleaning schedule for a centre:

Source: Staying Healthy in Child Care - 4th Edition

Cleaning In A Child

Care Centre

Washed After Each

Use

Wash Daily and When

Visibly Soiled

Wash

Weekly And

When Visibly

Soiled

Bathrooms.

As required and

especially if a toileting

accident occurs.

Wash tap handles,

toilet seats, toilet

handles and door

knobs. Check

bathroom during the

day and clean if soiled.

Nappy Changes

area Mat

General area

Toys and objects

Those at high risk of

being put in the mouth.

E.g. home corner food,

babies toys and rattles

etc.

Those that have been

mouthed

Surfaces

Those with frequent

children contact

E.g. bench tops, taps,

cots, tables and chairs

Mattresses,

mattress covers

and linen

If each child does not

use the same mattress

cover every day. If child

comes less than 5 days

If each child does not

use the same mattress

cover every day.

Door knobs. All

Floors (sweep and

mop) All

Low shelves and

self-choice shelves All

Other surfaces

often touched by

children doors,

window sills, etc.

All

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 90 © Compliant Learning Resources

2.1. Contribute to Safe Work Practices

Your biggest contribution to safe work practices in the workplace is to follow

policies, procedures and work instructions accurately. It is important that whilst

you are carrying out your duties and performing your job role that you are

constantly monitoring for workplace hazards and risks.

In some instances, Workplace Health and Safety policies and procedures may need

to be updated, or there may be a reason as to why a staff member cannot follow

them. This may be due to the fact that the staff member does not fully understand,

or that they may need some extra training and guidance about what is required.

The supervisor must be informed of these circumstances. It is not appropriate to

just ignore them as it could lead to some major workplace health and safety issues

later on.

One of your tasks will be to perform daily risk assessments of the workplace using

a checklist or risk assessment tool.

2.2. Raise WHS Issues with Designated Persons

Assisting with risk assessment will be an important part of your role as an educator

working with children and young people.

We use risk assessment to help manage both health and safety and children’s

welfare. Your manager and other colleagues will have overall responsibility for risk

assessments. However, they will rely on staff to help them to gather information

and to recognise hazards and risks for employees, children and visitors.

In order to make risk assessments, we next have to learn how to recognise hazards

and risks.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 91

3. Risk Control Process

When a risk assessment has been determined that people are at risk of injury or illness

due to a hazard, employers must take action to eliminate the hazard or minimise the

risk.

Risk management is divided into four (4) primary activities. This includes:

3.1. Hazard Identification

The employer must take steps to identify all foreseeable hazards that could harm

employees or any other person at their workplace. The WHS Regulation

identifies a number of factors from which hazards must be identified. These

include work premises, work practices and systems, shift work arrangements,

plant, hazardous or biological substances, manual handling, the environment and

potential for violence.

What is a hazard?

“A hazard is anything in the workplace that has the potential to harm people.

Hazards can include objects in the workplace, such as a slippery wet floor or

dangerous chemicals.

Other hazards relate to the way work is done. For example, hazards on in

children’s services include manual handling of children and equipment or stress

or fatigue caused by the pace of work.”

Source: http://www.worksafe.vic.gov.au

• identify all foreseeable hazards that could harm employees or any other person at their workplace.

1. Hazard Identification

• The employer must assess the risk that someone may be harmed by that hazard

2. Risk Assessment

• eliminate risks, or implement controls to minimise the risk

3. Control the Risk

• evaluate the effectiveness of the controls to ensure circumstances have not changed.

4. Evaluate

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 92 © Compliant Learning Resources

Make a list of possible hazards you might find in an education and care centre:

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 93

You may have included some of the following on your list:

 toys and equipment

 chemical hazards, such as cleaning materials and disinfectants

 biological hazards, such as airborne and blood-borne infections

 handling and moving equipment and children

 unattended children

 security of entry points and exits

 drug and medication administration

 visual or hearing impairment in children.

3.2. Risk Assessment

The employer must assess the risk that someone may be harmed by that hazard. It

is the overall process of estimating the extent of risk and deciding whether a risk is

tolerable.

What is a risk?

“A risk arises when it’s possible that a hazard will actually cause harm. The level of

risk will depend on factors such as how often the job is done, the number of workers

involved and how serious any injuries that result could be.”

Source: http://www.worksafe.vic.gov.au

Risk is defined as the chance or likelihood that harm will occur from the hazard.

The likelihood is described as ‘the expectancy of harm occurring’. It can range from

‘never’ to ‘certain’ and depends on a number of factors.

Likelihood Almost certain Is expected to occur in most circumstances

Likely Will probably occur in most circumstances

Possible Could occur at some time

Unlikely Not likely to occur in normal circumstances

Rare May occur only in exceptional circumstances

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 94 © Compliant Learning Resources

For example, the risk of someone tripping on a damaged floor surface will depend

on:

 the extent of the damage,

 the number of people walking over it,

 the number of times they walk over it,

 whether they are wearing sensible shoes, and

 the level of lighting in the area.

After rating the likelihood the next step is to decide what consequence or impact

the hazard will have on someone if the situation does occur.

Consequence Insignificant Injuries not requiring first aid

Minor First aid required

Moderate Medical treatment required

Major Hospital admission required

Severe Death or permanent disability

Combining both answers together and matching the results on the matrix below

will show you the priority that is required to deal with the problem.

Risk Rating Matrix

Consequence

Likelihood

Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Severe

Certain Medium High High Very

High

Very

High

Likely Medium Medium High High Very

High

Possible Low Medium High High Very

High

Unlikely Low Low Medium Medium High

Rare Low Low Medium Medium Medium

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 95

Priority of

Risk

Very

High

Act immediately to minimise the risk.

Eliminate, substitute or implement engineering control

measures.

Remove the hazard at the source. An identified extreme

risk does not allow scope for the use of administrative

controls or PPE, even in the short term.

High

Act immediately to mitigate the risk.

Eliminate, substitute or implement engineering control

measures.

If these controls are not immediately accessible, set a

timeframe for their implementation and establish short-

term risk reduction strategies for the timeframe. An

achievable timeframe must be established to ensure that

elimination, substitution or engineering controls are

implemented.

NOTE: Risk (and not cost) must be the primary

consideration in determining the timeframe. A timeframe

of greater than 6 months would generally not be

acceptable for any hazard identified as high risk.

Medium

Take reasonable steps to reduce the risk. Until

elimination, substitution or engineering controls can be

implemented, introduce administrative or personal

protective equipment controls. These “lower level”

controls must not be permanent solutions. The time for

which they are established must be based on risk. At the

end of the time, if the risk has not been addressed by

elimination, substitution or engineering controls a further

risk assessment must be undertaken.

Interim measures until permanent solutions can be

implemented:

 Develop administrative controls to limit the use or

access.

Provide supervision and specific training related to the

issue of concern. (See Administrative Controls below)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 96 © Compliant Learning Resources

Low Take reasonable steps to lessen and monitor the risk. Implement permanent controls in the long term.

Permanent controls may be administrative in nature if the

hazard has low frequency, rare likelihood and insignificant

consequence

Interim measures until permanent solutions can be

implemented:

 Develop administrative controls to limit the use or

access.

Provide supervision and specific training related to the

issue of concern. (See Administrative Controls below)

Conduct a Workplace Risk Assessment

There are various tools and templates available to assist you in conducting a

Workplace Risk Assessment. It is important that they are adapted to be specific to

your workplace.

Inspect the Workplace

Regularly walk around the centre and observe how things are done, this can help

you predict what could or might go wrong. Look at how people actually work, how

equipment is used, what chemicals are around and what they are used for, what

safe or unsafe work practices exist as well as the general state of housekeeping.

Things to look out for include the following:

Does the work environment enable workers to carry out work without risks to

health and safety (for example, space for unobstructed movement, adequate

ventilation, suitable lighting)?

How suitable are the tools and equipment for the tasks and how well are they

maintained?

Have any changes occurred in the centre which may affect health and safety?

As you walk around, you may spot straightforward problems, which you can action

immediately, for example cleaning up a spill. If you find a situation where there is

an immediate or significant danger to the children, move the children to a safer

location first and attend to the hazard urgently.

Make a list of all the hazards you can find, including the ones you know are already

being dealt with, to ensure that nothing is missed.

Use a checklist designed to suit your workplace to help you find and make a note

of hazards.

An example of a completed checklist is on the next page.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 97

Daily Health and Safety Workplace Checklist

Compliant

YES/NO

Issue

Identified

YES/NO

Hazard Level of Risk (Red,

Amber, Green)

Action required:

 Remove risk

 Control measure

(describe)

Date

rectified

Outside

Fencing is secure and

unscalable.

 No breaches in

the fence

 No materials

nearby to assist

children to scale

the fence.

YES NO

Playground

 free of syringes

 free of foreign

matter

 perimeter fence,

 enclosed areas

 sandpit

o ensure no

animal faeces

o sharps or other

matter

NO YES Dog faeces in

sandpit

ELIMINATE – faeces

removed; sandpit

raked and sprayed

with disinfectant.

Children Isolated until

sand dries.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 98 © Compliant Learning Resources

Paths and paving

surfaces free of slipping

hazards, e.g. sand.

YES NO

Soft-fall and grassed

areas free from hazards.

YES NO

Tyres and other

playground equipment -

free of snakes, spiders

& other insects.

YES NO

Inside

Exits are clear. NO YES Boxes stacked in

doorway

ISOLATE – boxes

removed and stacked

in appropriate area

Heaters are guarded. YES NO

No hazardous materials

are within reach of

children.

NO YES Scissors left on

table

VERY HIGH-

possible/severe

ISOLATE – removed

and stored in the

correct area.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 99

3.3. Control the Risk

As we have seen, wherever practical the employer should eliminate risks, however,

if this is not reasonably practical, an employer should implement controls to

minimise the risk to the fullest extent possible.

Control measures are the measures or actions that are taken to remove or

reduce the risk.

Whenever possible, the risk should be removed. When it cannot be removed,

measures must be taken to reduce the risk.

Evaluate

The employer should continuously evaluate the effectiveness of the controls

implemented to ensure they remain adequate or that circumstances have not

changed.

Below are some hazards you might find in a childcare setting.

Possible control measures have been completed for one of them.

Try to complete the list with your own ideas:

Hazard Control measure

Sand thrown about Constant supervision

‘No throwing sand’ rule

Falling from a climbing frame

Broken or damaged toys or equipment

Choking on food

Poisoning by cleaning materials

Lifting equipment or children

Unattended children

Sickness or diarrhoea

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 100 © Compliant Learning Resources

The Hierarchy of Control

The hierarchy of control is a list of control methods, in order of priority that can be

used as a tool to decide how you might approach eliminating or minimising

exposure to a hazard or risk.

The most effective way to manage risks involves eliminating them, or if that is not

possible, minimising the risks so far as is reasonably practicable.

In deciding how to control risks, it is best to consult with staff who will be directly

affected by this decision. Their experience will help you choose appropriate control

measures, and their involvement will increase the level of acceptance of any

changes that may be needed to the way they do their job.

Eliminate Most effective method for controlling the risk is to eliminate the hazard.

Example: A staff member tripped over an electric cord leading to an old wall-mounted fan. Fan

was broken and not required, so the fan and its cord were removed.

Substitute Replace one substance or activity with a less hazardous one.

Example: A staff member reported headaches after using bleach to clean the toilets.

Management researched alternative products (including their material safety data sheets),

decided to trial two different cleaning products.

Isolate Isolate equipment or materials away from people by moving them or by installing a barrier to

prevent contact.

Example: In one section of the playground the artificial grass had lifted and was a trip hazard.

This area of the playground a barrier was put up to block off this area until the artificial grass

can be fixed.

Engineering Controls

Redesign. This may involve redesigning the workplace, providing increased ventilation or

lighting or finding engineering solutions to make plant and equipment safer.

Example: One staff member has injured her back when lifting a toddler onto the nappy

change bench. A set of step could be installed so the children can walk up the step themselves

(this would be aided by the staff member by holding hands).

Administrative Controls

Training and information signs, low order level of control. Only used to control risks when

impracticle to control the risk through other methods.

Example: Training to idenitfy hazardous manual tasks, affects on the body and injury

prevention. Training to include information regarding control measures, selecting appropriate

manual handling techniques, using mechanical aids.

PPE PPE (including clothing and footwear) could help reduce the risk. PPE focuses on the person

rather than the hazard. Should be used in conjunction with other measures.

Example: Using gloves when cleaning/ changing/ handling soiled clothing.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 101

Hierarchy of Controls

Eliminate

Substitute

Isolate

Engineering

Administrate

PPE

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 102 © Compliant Learning Resources

Activity Risk Assessment Tool

Identify the Activity

Location Who may be at risk?

Identify hazards, risks and rate the risks

1. Divide the activity into tasks

2. Identify the hazards and associated risks for each task

3. List risk controls already in place

4. Determine a risk rating using the Risk Rating Matrix

Tasks Hazards Risks Risk Rating

Existing Control

Measures Likelihood Consequence Risk Rating

Who conducted the Risk Assessment?

Completed by:

Signature:

Date:

Who approved the Risk Assessment?

Approved by:

Signature:

Date:

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 103

3.4. Monitor and Review Risk Controls

As risks can change, all control measures should be regularly reviewed to ensure

they remain effective.

Staff and employers should be asked the following:

 Did it work? Did the risk control address the identified hazard and

likelihood of it occurring?

 Did it create another hazard? The risk control may have addressed the initial

hazard but did it create another one?

Example: The child-care centre installed a shade structure over the sandpit to

control the risk of employees and children getting sunburnt. However, the

structure was too low, and employees complained about back pain because they

had to bend to get under it and may hit their heads.

4. External Safety Risks

Fencing

The external environment of a centre must be fully enclosed as per state/territory

regulations. Inspection of boundary fences should be part of the centre’s daily safety

check to ensure no breaches.

Wheel toys

Wheel toys are low risks, but you still need to consider that children who are just

beginning to walk may need assistance.

Glass

Any glazed area accessible to children must be in accordance with Australian

Standards for safety glazing, or meet the requirement that guardrails or barriers are

installed to prevent a child striking or falling against the glass.

Sandpit

Ensure that sandpits are fully covered at covered and regularly raked to dispose of any

animal faeces, other contaminants or potentially dangerous objects. If faeces are found

in the pit, it may have to be sprayed with a non-toxic disinfectant.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 104 © Compliant Learning Resources

5. Indoor Risks

Glass

Any glazed area accessible to children must be in accordance with Australian

Standards for safety glazing, or meet the requirement that guardrails or barriers are

installed to prevent a child striking or falling against the glass.

Heaters

Electrical Heaters must meet the relevant state/territory regulations both for child

care facilities and general safety. All heating units must have a low-temperature

exterior to minimise burn and fire risk.

Curtains/Blinds

The cords on curtains and blinds must meet safety regulations, and be kept out of reach

of children as they can pose a strangulation risk. Other furniture such as sofa’s, cots,

chairs etc. shouldn’t be placed within reach of curtain/blind cords.

Furniture

Sharp edges of furniture should be capped or covered to minimise risks if children

bump or fall on them.

Toys

Always supervise children when they are playing with toys. Conduct risk assessments

for toys on a regular basis. Ensure no loose or damaged parts that could be a choking

hazard.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 105

Other potential hazards

Attention needs to be paid to the following potential hazards.

 Electrical: cords, adaptors and power boards need to be out of children’s reach.

Unused power points must be plugged with protective caps.

 Water: all children require supervision around water to prevent drowning.

Spillages need to be mopped up immediately.

 Hot water requires a regulator to prevent scalds. A cup of tea can burn a child.

 Surfaces: the floor or ground can present a tripping hazard if they are uneven.

 Plastic: bags or wrappings can cause suffocation.

 Chemicals: such as cleaning products pose a risk of adverse reaction, burns or

even poisoning.

 Sun exposure: it doesn’t take much sun for a young child’s skin to burn.

Children are also much more susceptible to dehydration, so plenty of water to

drink is essential. Check out the Suncare policy in the Sparkling Stars Intranet

for more info on this.

 Animals: insects, snakes, spiders, dogs, swooping magpies.

 Environment: gas leaks, water leaks, fire, storms, earthquakes.

 Human: aggressive children, aggressive or intoxicated parents, intruders.

6. Risk Reduction

Not all risks can be or should be removed completely. It is important that the

environments are not over-safe. You don’t want so many safety measures in place that

a child can’t do anything.

Explaining Hazards to Children

During the day at a child care centre, we often talk to the children about the rules and

dangers. It is also important to help children be aware of what the dangers are, make

them aware of the risks in their environment and how to minimise them.

For example, explain to the children the reasoning behind why we do not throw sand

in the sandpit, walking inside instead of running, so we don’t bump into the furniture

and hurt ourselves or recognising danger signage, such as the “wet floor sign”, to make

them aware that a danger. I.e. The wet floor sign highlights that we need to walk slowly

and carefully as the floor could still be wet.

By teaching the children to be aware of the risks and the consequences of hazards,

children will take more responsibility for their own safety and wellbeing.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 106 © Compliant Learning Resources

7. Identify and Report Incidents and Injuries

It is important that any workplace incident (or potential incident), whether the injury

occurs or not, is reported to the Health and Safety Representative and the Nominated

Supervisor (Director).

Each centre will have their own policy and procedures regarding reporting

requirements. Please ensure you carefully read and follow the procedures for your

centre.

A copy of the Sparkling Stars Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record can be

found at this link: Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record

Excerpt from the Sparkling Stars Workplace Health and Safety Policy

 Staff will record all injuries or illness (to children and adults) in the centre’s

Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record within an accepted time frame.

 Details entered will include date, time, and place of incident, injury or

condition, a brief description of events, adult witnesses, any anticipated

treatment or outcome. (See Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record)

 Notification will be forwarded to Director of any injury /illness, and for staff

subsequent leave required.

 Staff will record all incidents with the potential to cause injury or illness in the

centre’s Damage Report book.

An example of a completed Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record and

description of incident and injury is included on the next page.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 107

Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record

Details of person completing this record

Name: Alana Green

Position/role: Early Childhood Educator

Date and time record was

made:

20/04/20xx Time: 10:00 AM/PM

Signature: Alana Green

Child details

Child’s full name: Jessica Mills

Date of birth: 12/9/year Age: 3 y/o

Gender:  Male  Female

Incident details

Incident date: 20/04/20xx Time: 9:30 AM/PM

Location: Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre – External Play Area –Swings

Name of witness: Alana Green (Educator)

Signature of

witness:

Alana Green Date: 20/04/20xx

General activity at the time of:

 incident  injury  trauma  illness

Children were playing in the outdoor play area, on the swings.

Cause of injury/trauma:

One the boys from the group pushed Jessica on the swing. Jessica called out ‘Higher!

Higher!’ Mark pushed her a bit harder, and Jessica fell off the swing. I rushed over and

found Jessica holding her knee. I noticed some abrasions and a minor cut, about 0.5cm

long on Jessica.

Circumstances surrounding any illness, including apparent symptoms:

NA

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 108 © Compliant Learning Resources

Circumstances if child appeared to be missing or otherwise unaccounted for (including

duration, who found the child, etc.):

NA

Circumstances if child appeared to have been taken or removed from service or was

locked in/out of service (including who took the child, duration):

NA

Nature of injury/trauma/illness

Indicate on diagram the part of body affected

Abrasion/Scrape

Allergic reaction (not

anaphylaxis

Amputation

Anaphylaxis

Asthma/respiratory

Bite wound

Bruise

Broken bone/fracture/

dislocation

Burn/sunburn

Choking

Concussion

Crush/jam

 Cut/open wound

Drowning (non-fatal)

Electric shock

Eye injury

Infectious disease

(including

gastrointestinal)

High temperature

Ingestion/inhalation/

insertion

Internal injury/ Infection

Poisoning

Rash

 Respiratory

 Seizure/unconscious/

convulsion

Sprain/swelling

Stabbing/piercing

Tooth

Venomous bite/sting

Other (please specify)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 109

Action Taken

Details of action taken (including first aid, administration of medication, etc.):

Supervisor notified and treatment provided. Disinfectant, cleaned abrasion and washed

cut with diluted water. Band-Aid applied.

Did emergency services attend?  Yes  No

Was medical attention sought from a

registered practitioner/hospital?  Yes  No

If yes to either of the above, provide details:

NIL

Have any steps been taken to prevent or minimise this type of incident in the

future?

Supervisor notified.

Notifications (including attempted notifications)

Parent/guardian Mrs Mills Date:

20/04/20xx

Time:

11:00 AM/PM

Director/educator/

coordinator: Supervisor

Date:

20/04/20xx

Time:

9:30 AM/PM

Regulatory authority

(if applicable)

Date:

/ /

Time:

AM/PM

Parental acknowledgement:

I, (name of parent/guardian), have been notified of my child’s

incident injury trauma illness

Signature Date: / /

Additional notes

NIL

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 110 © Compliant Learning Resources

8. Participate in Workplace Safety Meetings

All centres will hold staff meetings on a regular basis. These meetings are extremely

valuable for the efficient operation of the centre. These meetings will most likely be the

best time to raise Workplace Health and Safety Issues, identified hazards or incidents

that have occurred at the centre.

Most of the time, it is best to report the safety issue to the supervisor, this is the usual

practice in most centres; even if the staff member feels that they can resolve it

themselves. In the long run, the supervisor needs to be aware of Workplace Health

and Safety issues. Such issues need to be documented for future reference, and the

supervisor will manage this.

Take along any observations, checklists or hazard reports you have completed to team

meetings that can support your discussion. Always think about ways to solve these

issues if they haven’t already been dealt with. The first question your managers and

supervisors will ask is “How do we resolve this”. If you have already researched the

issue beforehand, this can demonstrate that you are contributing to the team and to

the development and implementation of safe workplace policies and procedures in

own work area.

9. Reflect On Own Safe Work Practices

Reflect on own safe work practices

Reflection is included in the EYLF: Principle 5. Ongoing learning and reflective

practice and can be used to build your professional knowledge and develop learning.

Reflection is an ongoing, process of thinking honestly, deeply and critically about all

aspects of professional practice with children and families

How can you use reflective practice to reflect on your own safe work practices?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 111

Methods You Can Use to Support Reflective Practice

 Reflective journals or diaries

 Meetings

 Mentor or critical friend

 Reflective practice notice board

 Professional learning experiences

 Action research

Maintain Currency of Safe Work Practices

It is important that you stay up to date and understand the latest information

concerning Workplace Health and Safety. You can do this by reading journals,

researching, explore safety websites, especially the Safety Regulator sites mentioned

earlier in this workbook, attend meetings and stay up to date with your centre’s

policies, procedures and safety protocols.

Collect Information

•Identify safety issue

•Gather evidence

•Talk to children, families, staff and other professionals

•Reflect Question/Analyse

•What is happening? Why? How?

•When? Who is implicated? Who is affected?

•What could be improved?

Plan

•Based on what you learned, decide wether change is necessary.

Act/Do

•Change or modify practice

Review

•Monitor changes and take new action if necessary

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 112 © Compliant Learning Resources

CHAPTER 3. ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN

A SAFE AND HEALTHY ENVIRONMENT

FOR CHILDREN

Every person who works in or with children in an Early Childhood Education and Care

service must have a strong commitment to child safety and establish and maintain a

child safe and child-friendly environment.

This means providing a clean and safe environment where every person has the right

to be treated with respect and is safe and protected from harm.

This commitment also fulfils a centre’s obligations under the Children’s Protection

legislation in different states/territories, the ECA Code of Ethics and the UN

Convention on the rights of the child.

Guided by the NQF

A centre’s approach to establishing and maintaining a safe and healthy environment

for children can be guided by requirements in the NQF, the NQS and

recommendations of the Early Years Learning Framework.

In an Early Childhood Education and care setting, the commitment to the safety and

well-being of all children and young people who access the services; and the welfare of

the children and young people in care, must always be the first priority.

Everyone within the centre has a role to play in ensuring a safe environment for

children and young people. This includes management, employees and volunteers

working with children and young people or in close proximity to them and employees

with access to the records of children and young people.

A recommended approach to ensuring that this commitment is met may be to appoint

a child safety officer as the first point of contact to provide advice and support, to

employees, volunteers, children, parents and caregivers regarding the safety and well-

being of children and young people accessing the centre.

The child safety officer could also be responsible for monitoring the child safety policy

and practices, including any ongoing training needs relating to child protection issues.

Note: appointing of a child safety officer is provided as a recommendation only and

is not a mandatory requirement for a centre’s child safety policy.

Part of your role in the centre will be to follow the appropriate practices and

requirements under the NQF, NQS and the EYLF. Understanding how to navigate

through the framework and standards documents to find recommended or required

practices to meet the national quality rating and assessment process for approval of

centres is a necessary part of this.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 113

The following table gives you an outline of how establishing and maintaining a safe

and healthy environment meets the different areas of the NQS and EYLF.

National Quality Standard

Quality Area 1: Educational program and practice

Quality Area 2: Children’s health and safety 

Quality Area 3: Physical environment 

Quality Area 4: Staffing arrangements 

Quality Area 5: Relationships with children 

Quality Area 6: Collaborative partnerships with families and communities 

Quality Area 7: Governance and leadership 

Early Years Learning Framework

Principles

Secure, respectful and reciprocal relationships

Partnerships 

High expectations and equity

Respect for diversity 

Ongoing learning and reflective practice 

Practice

Holistic approaches

Responsiveness to children 

Learning through play

Intentional teaching 

Learning environments

Cultural competence

Continuity of learning and transitions

Assessment for learning 

Outcomes

Children have a strong sense of identity

Children are connected to and contribute to their world

Children have a strong sense of wellbeing 

Children are confident and involved learners

Children are effective communicators

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 114 © Compliant Learning Resources

NQF & NQS Resources

For further information about the ACECQA, the Education and Care Services

National Law and Education and Care Services National Regulations, National

Quality Standards and the assessment rating system, please visit the following website:

https://www.acecqa.gov.au/nqf/about

Guide to the National Quality Framework

This is an excellent resource for centres and centre staff.

The guide outlines each of the seven quality areas in the National Quality Standard

and includes:

 an introductory statement for each quality area, which provides context and the

rationale, as well as a list of the standards and elements that fall within the

quality area

 a list of the relevant sections of the National Law and National Regulations that

apply to the quality area

 a description of each standard and an explanation about how it contributes to

quality education and care for children

 reflective questions for the service to consider when working towards each

standard

 A guide to practice for each element, which describes how the element might be

put into practice at the service and how the element may be assessed. This

consists of guidance applicable to all service types and children of all ages,

followed by any specific guidance identified for the service type or age of the

children.

 suggestions for further reading, summarised by quality area, to support readers’

understanding of the quality area

A copy is available at the following link: Guide to the National Quality Framework

(2018)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 115

Educators’ Guide to the Early Years Learning Framework

The following concepts of the Framework are explored in the guide:

 belonging, being and becoming and their links to learning

 principles, practices and pedagogy, including play and partnerships with

families, to support learning

 reflective practice

 curriculum decision making to foster children’s learning in areas identified by

five broad Learning Outcomes

 facilitating children’s transitions in the early years

 developing cultural competence

 Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander cultural competence

 using theoretical perspectives

A copy is available at the following link:

Sparkling Stars Resource Links

(Username: newusername Password: newpassword)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 116 © Compliant Learning Resources

1. Support Each Child’s Health Needs

The childcare service must support all aspects of a child’s health, with a focus on:

 Ensuring that their individual health and comfort requirements are met

 Effective hygiene practices to control the spread of infectious diseases are in

place

 The management of injuries and illness

An important objective of the National Quality Framework is to ensure the safety,

health and wellbeing of all children attending education and care services. When

a child who has a specific health care need, allergy or relevant medical condition

is enrolled at an education and care service additional requirements must be met

to ensure that the child’s safety, health and wellbeing is protected.

Once the enrolment record has been completed, it should be reviewed to identify

whether the child has a specific health care need, allergy or relevant medical

condition.

Where a child is identified with a specific healthcare need, allergy or relevant

medical condition the service will need to obtain a copy of the child’s medical

management plan from the parents and prepare risk minimisation plans and

communications plans for each child.

These plans should be in place prior to the child commencing at the

service.

It is important that services have procedures in place for carefully considering

enrolment records as part of the enrolment and orientation policy and procedure

(regulation 168(2)(k)). Once enrolled, each child’s parents should be regularly

consulted regarding any medical conditions a child may have developed since

enrolment.

*Regulation 168 - Education and care service must have policies and procedures

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 117

When a child with a specific healthcare need, allergy or relevant

medical condition is enrolled at the service.

A number of issues must be considered when a child with a specific healthcare need,

allergy or relevant medical condition is enrolled at the service. Critically, key

requirements must be in place before the child commences attending the service, with

several other issues requiring consideration:

 Has the child’s parent provided a medical management plan for the child?

 Has a risk minimisation plan been developed in consultation with the parents

of the child?

 Has a communications plan been prepared?

 Will it be necessary to adjust any of the usual practices of the service in order to

be fully inclusive of the child?

An education and care program must be delivered to all children being educated and

cared for that is designed to take into account the individual differences of each child

(section 168(1)(d)). All aspects of the service’s operation should be considered in

relation to the child’s inclusion in the program and to ensure that their safety, health

and wellbeing is protected at all times.

What precautions may be necessary in order to protect the safety, health and wellbeing

of the child?

The nature of specific health care needs, allergies and medical conditions varies

significantly. Every reasonable precaution must be taken to protect children from

harm and from any hazard likely to cause injury (section 167). For example, in some

cases, it may be necessary for one or more staff members to access additional

professional development or training to assist in meeting a child’s needs.

Both the approved provider and the nominated supervisor of an education and care

service must ensure that every reasonable precaution is taken to protect children being

educated and cared for by the service from harm and from any hazard likely to cause

injury. (Reg. 167 (1,2))

Each education and care service must have in place policies and procedures for dealing

with medical conditions of all children (regulations 168 and 90).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 118 © Compliant Learning Resources

Medical Conditions Policy

Regulation 168 of the National Law requires Early Education and Care services to

have a medical conditions policy that details the following:

 the management of medical conditions including asthma, diabetes or a

diagnosis that a child is at risk of anaphylaxis

 the nominated supervisor, staff members and volunteers are to be informed

of agreed practices in relation to managing those medical conditions

 a child enrolled at the service who has a specific health care need, allergy or

relevant medical condition, must have in place:

o a medical management plan provided by the parents of the child and

for the medical management plan to be followed in the event of a

related incident; and

o a risk minimisation and communications plan (regulation 90)

This policy applies at any time that a child with specific health care need, allergy

or relevant medical condition is being educated and cared for by an education and

care service, including during excursions. Preparations for high-risk scenarios,

including establishing clear decision-making processes for calling an ambulance,

should be addressed in the medical conditions policy.

The medical conditions policy must provide for the management of any medical

condition that an enrolled child may have, which may not be limited to asthma,

diabetes and a diagnosis that a child is at risk of anaphylaxis. Specific health care

needs, allergies or relevant medical conditions may be ongoing or acute/ short-

term in nature.

The medical conditions policy must be followed (regulation 170) and be readily

accessible and available for inspection at all times the service is educating and

caring for children or on request (regulation 171).

Parents require a copy

A copy of the medical conditions policy must be provided to the parent of a child

enrolled at the service who has a specific health care need, allergy or relevant

medical condition (regulation 91).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 119

When a child is enrolled who has a specific health care need, allergy or

relevant medical condition

A medical management plan, risk minimisation plan and communications plan

must be prepared for every child who is enrolled who has a specific health care

need, allergy or relevant medical condition (regulation 90(1)(c)). Generally, a

registered medical practitioner will have been consulted in the diagnosis and

management of a specific healthcare need, allergy or relevant medical condition.

Medical Management Plan

A parent of the child must provide a medical management plan for the child. This

medical management plan must be followed in the event of an incident relating to

the child's specific health care need, allergy or relevant medical condition

(regulation 90(1)(c)(i) and (ii)).

Best practice is that the child’s registered medical practitioner is consulted by

parents in the development of the medical management plan and that the advice

from the medical practitioner is documented in the medical management plan.

The medical management plan should detail the following:

 details of the specific healthcare need, allergy or relevant medical condition

including the severity of the condition

 any current medication prescribed for the child

 the response required from the service in relation to the emergence of

symptoms

 any medication required to be administered in an emergency

 the response required if the child does not respond to initial treatment

 when to call an ambulance for assistance.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 120 © Compliant Learning Resources

Risk Minimisation Plan

A risk-minimisation plan must be developed in consultation with the parents of a

child and ensure:

 that the risks relating to the child's specific health care need, allergy or relevant

medical condition are assessed and minimised; and

 if relevant, that practices and procedures are in place including the safe

handling, preparation, consumption and serving of food are developed and

implemented; and

 that the parents are notified of any known allergens that pose a risk to a child

and strategies for minimising the risk are developed and implemented; and

 that all staff members and volunteers can identify the child, the child's medical

management plan and the location of the child's medication are developed and

implemented; and

 if relevant, to ensure that practices and procedures are ensuring that the child

does not attend the service unless the child has at the service their relevant

medications if this would pose a significant risk (regulation 90(1)(iii)).

Communications Plan

A communications plan must be prepared (regulation 90(1)(iii)) to set out how:

 relevant staff members and volunteers are informed about the medical

conditions policy; and, the medical management and risk minimisation plans

for the child; and

 a parent of the child can communicate any changes to the medical management

plan and risk minimisation plan for the child.

 The communication plan must set out how the above communication will

occur.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 121

2. Discuss Individual Children’s Health Requirements and Routines With

Families At Enrolment and Then On a Regular Basis

For a child enrolled at the service who has a specific health care need, allergy or

medical condition, the centre must keep health information in the enrolment record;

which must include:

 details of any specific healthcare needs of the child,

o including any medical condition and allergies; and

o whether the child has been diagnosed as at risk of anaphylaxis

 any medical management plan, anaphylaxis medical management plan or risk

minimisation plan to be followed in relation to a specific healthcare need,

medical condition or allergy; and

 details of any dietary restrictions for the child (regulation 162).

The table on the next page looks at the responsibilities and required actions each party

has when a child is ill and requires a medical management plan; for example:

 the responsibilities the service will have to the parents and child, and

 the responsibilities the parent has to the service

Responsibilities of the Service and Parents to Children Requiring Health Assistance

Education and care services must: Parents should be asked to:

All

education

and care

services

 Have a medical conditions policy in place that meets the requirements of

regulation 90.

 Ensure that the nominated supervisor, staff members and volunteers

understand and implement the medical conditions policy.

 Review enrolment records and identify any children with medical conditions

as part of the enrolment and orientation procedures for the service.

 Monitor the safety, health and wellbeing of all children being educated and

cared for.

 Ensure all parents are regularly asked if their child has developed any

specific health care need, allergy or relevant medical condition.

 Inform the service at any time of

any specific healthcare needs,

allergies or relevant medical

conditions for their child.

Prior to

enrolment of

each child

 Seek information from parents about any specific health care need, allergy

or relevant medical condition in relation to individual children, including

whether a medical practitioner has been consulted in relation to the specific

health care need, allergy or relevant medical condition.

 Inform the service of any specific

healthcare need, allergy or

relevant medical condition for their

child prior to enrolment.

For each child enrolled who has a specific health care need, allergy or relevant medical condition

Before the

first day of

attendance

at the

service

 Require a parent to provide a medical management plan for the child.

 In consultation with the child’s parents, develop a risk minimisation plan in

relation to the child.

 Develop a communications plan in relation to the child.

 Record any prescribed health information and keep the medical

management plan, anaphylaxis medical management plan (if applicable)

and risk minimisation plan on the enrolment record.

 Provide a medical management

plan to the service for their child.

 Participate in the development of

a risk minimisation plan and

communications plan in relation to

their child’s specific health care

need, allergy or relevant medical

condition.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 123

 Ensure any relevant authorisations for the administration of medication are

recorded on the enrolment record.

During the

attendance

of the child

at the

service

 Monitor the safety, health and wellbeing of the child.

 Regularly review the risk minimisation plan and communications plan for

the child.

 Ensure that parents are regularly asked to provide any updated information

relating to the nature of, or management of, their child’s specific health care

need, allergies or relevant medical condition.

 If necessary, ensure an updated medical management plan is provided by

the child’s parents.

 Ensure the practices and procedures of the service are inclusive of the

child.

 Inform the service of any

relevant changes relating to

the nature of, or management

of, the child’s specific health

care need, allergies or

relevant medical condition.

 If necessary, provide an

updated medical management

plan for the child.

Other considerations

Every reasonable precaution must be taken to protect children from harm and from any hazard likely to cause injury (section 1 67). What

precautions may be necessary in order to protect the safety, health and wellbeing of a child who has a specific health care need, allergy

or relevant medical condition?

An education and care program must be delivered to all children being educated and cared for that is designed to take into account the

individual differences of each child (section 168(1)(d). Will it be necessary to adjust any of the usual practices of the ser vice in order to

be fully inclusive of the child?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 124 © Compliant Learning Resources

Notification of Changes to the Medical Conditions Policy

Parents of children enrolled at the service must be notified at least 14 days before

making any change to the medical conditions policy, if the change may have a

significant impact on the service's provision of education and care to any ch ild

enrolled at the service, or the family's ability to utilise the service (regulation 172).

If the notice period would pose a risk to the safety, health or wellbeing of any child

enrolled at the service, the parents of children enrolled at the service m ust be

notified as soon as practicable after making a change to a relevant policy

(regulation 172(3)).

Medication

In most cases, medication must not be administered to a child being educated and

cared for unless the administration is authorised. The enrolment record kept for

each child must include details of any person who is authorised to consent to

medical treatment or administration of medication to the child (regulations 160

and 161).

A medication record is kept for each child to whom medication is to be

administered by the service. The record must include the authorisation to

administer medication (including, if applicable, self -administration), signed by a

parent or a person named in the child's enrolment record as authorised to consent

to the administration of medication (regulation 92).

The medical conditions policy of the education and care service must set out

practices in relation to self-administration of medication by children over

preschool age if the service permits self-administration (regulation 90(2)).

In the case of an emergency, authorisation may be given verbally by a parent or a

person named in the child's enrolment record as authorised to consent to

administration of medication or, if such a person cannot reasonably be contacted

in the circumstances, a registered medical practitioner or an emergency service

(regulation 93). Medication may be administered to a child witho ut authorisation

in case of an anaphylaxis or asthma emergency (regulation 94).

Incidents, injuries, trauma and illness

The incident, injury, trauma and illness policies and procedures must include

procedures to be followed in the event that a child is injured, becomes ill or suffers

a trauma (regulation 85).

An incident, injury, trauma and illness record must be kept that includes details of

any illness which becomes apparent while a child is being educated and cared for

and details of any medication administered or first aid provided and any medical

personnel contacted.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 125

2.1. Discussing Routines

Upon enrolment individual routines of children must also be discussed with the

families of the children, to ensure that the individual children’s and the families’

requirements for comfort and welfare are considered.

Issues in relation to daily routines, such as rest, sleep, dressing and toileting/nappy

changing, vary due to a range of factors including home routines and child

development. These individual children’s health requirements and routines should

be reviewed and updated on a regular basis.

Issues that may influence a child’s individual requirements for these routines

include:

 the child’s and families social and cultural background,

 their personal preferences; and

 the routines and activities that are in place at home.

A centre that has extensive knowledge of each child and their family can assist staff

in developing strategies that are consistent with home, reflect common values and

provide learning opportunities for individual children.

Centre meals must be prepared and

served in consideration of each child’s

individual allergies, likes and dislikes

and eating abilities. Where the special

need relates to religion or health issues,

the menu and/or program can often be

varied to accommodate this need and or

individual programs may be developed to incorporate physical, emotional, social

and cognitive development.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 126 © Compliant Learning Resources

2.2. Ensure That Any Concerns or Questions About a Child’s Health

Needs are Conveyed to Their Family

It is important that all staff ensure that any concerns or questions about a child’s

health needs are presented and raised with the child’s family.

These concerns will characteristically focus on how staff at the centre can best meet

the needs and requirements of the child’s health needs/requirements and should

assist staff to complete your Medical Management Plans, Risk Minimisation Plans

and your Communication Plans.

Examples of Risks, Situations, Concerns to Consider When Enrolling a

Child and Completing the Health Risk Minimisation Plans

 What are the triggers (is sufficient information provided in their medical

management plan)?

 What and where are the potential sources of exposure to the triggers?

 Are there any special activities that may introduce children to triggers?

 Does the child have age appropriate health education and is the child able

to seek help if they feel unwell actively?

 Do families have relevant and up-to-date health information available at

home?

 What communication would the families like to receive regarding the child?

 Does the child have a medical management plan or inclusion

support plan completed by their doctor/specialist?

 Do families know and understand the centre’s health conditions policy, the

medications policy, exclusions policy?

 Does the child have a Medical Action Plan and where is it kept?

 What medication is required and what are the details of administration?

 Are there any specific training requirements necessary for the appropriate

of use equipment/medication?

 Is the child able to participate in excursions/outings?

 Does the child have any other health conditions, such as allergies, asthma

or anaphylaxis?

 Does the child have an Action Plan and Risk Minimisation plan for each

health condition?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 127

Dealing With Concerns That Parents Raise

Always listen to the parent’s concerns and avoid interrupting with immediate

explanations or justifications; it is important that the parents feel that their

concerns have been heard and that you have shown an interest in the parent's

welfare as well as the child's.

Finding solutions/answer to both your concerns and the parents is part of the

consultative process, ask for the parent’s opinion, together you could brainstorm

as many solutions as possible, then collaboratively evaluate the pros and cons of

each solution.

Examples of Risks, Situations, and Concerns parents may consider

when enrolling their child in the centre who has Asthma.

 What are the potential sources of exposure to their asthma triggers?

 Where will the potential source of exposure to their asthma triggers occur?

 Are all staff (including relief staff, visitors and parent/carer volunteers)

aware of which children have asthma/anaphylaxis or existing health

conditions?

 Does the bullying policy include health-related bullying?

 Is there age-appropriate health education for children at the service and are

children actively encouraged to seek help if they feel unwell?

 Do you have current up-to-date health information available at the service

for parents/carers?

 What are the lines of communication in the children’s service?

 What is the process for enrolment at the service, including the collection of

medical information and Action Plans for medical conditions?

 Who is responsible for the health conditions policy, the medications policy,

Asthma Action Plans and Risk Minimisation plans?

 Does the child have an Asthma Action Plan and where is it kept?

 Do all service staff know how to interpret and implement Asthma Action

Plans in an emergency?

 Do all children with asthma attend with their blue/grey reliever puffer and

a spacer? (a children’s face mask is recommended for children unable to use

a spacer correctly, consider face mask use in children under 5 years old)

 Where are the Asthma Emergency Kits kept?

 Do all staff and visitors to the service know where Asthma Emergency Kits

are kept?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 128 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Who is responsible for the contents of Asthma Emergency Kits? (checking

reliever medication expiry dates, replacing spacers and face masks as

needed)

 Do you have one member of staff on duty at all times who has current and

approved Emergency Asthma Management training?

 Who else needs training in the use of asthma emergency equipment?

 Do you have a second Asthma Emergency Kit for excursions?

 What happens if a child’s reliever medication and spacer are not brought to

the service?

 Does the child have any other health conditions, such as allergies or

anaphylaxis?

 Do they have an Action Plan and Risk Minimisation plan for each health

condition?

 Do plants around the service attract bees, wasps or ants?

 Have you considered planting a low-allergen garden?

 Have you considered where food and drink consumption and disposal is

occurring? (including food and drink consumed by all staff and visitors)

 Could traces of food allergens be present on craft materials used by the

children? (e.g. egg cartons, cereal boxes, milk cartons)

 Do your cleaners use products that leave a strong smell, or do you plan to

renovate or paint the centre when children are present?

 Do your staff use heavy perfumes or spray aerosol deodorants while at work?

 Are you in a bushfire-prone area where controlled burning may occur?

 What special activities do you have planned that may introduce children to

asthma triggers?

Parents’ knowledge and understanding of their child is integral to the work of the

centre’s support team. The process of identifying an individual child’s support

needs and monitoring these needs throughout the centre support team structure is

an important aspect of the child's learning.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 129

3. First Aid, Anaphylaxis Management and Emergency Asthma

Management Training

Centre-based education and care services

At least one educator who holds the following qualifications must be in attendance

at any place where children are being educated and cared for by the service, and

must be immediately available in an emergency, at all times th at children are being

educated and cared for by the service:

 at least one educator who holds a current approved first aid qualification

 at least one educator who has undertaken current approved anaphylaxis

management training

 at least one educator who has undertaken approved emergency asthma

management training (regulation 136(1)).

A person may hold one or more of the above qualifications. Where children are

being educated and cared for on a school site this requirement may be met if the

educator(s) are in attendance at the school site and are immediately available in

an emergency.

Family Day Care Services

A family day care service must ensure that each family day care lead educator and

family day care educator engaged or registered with the service:

 holds a current approved first aid qualification; and

 has undertaken current approved anaphylaxis management training; and

 has undertaken current approved emergency asthma management training

(regulation 136(3)).

Health, Hygiene and Safe Food Practices

The service must implement adequate health and hygiene practices, and safe

practices for handling, preparing and storing food to minimise risks to children

being educated and cared for by the service (regulation 77).

Any food provided by the service must be nutritious, adequate in quantity and be

chosen with regard to the dietary requirements of individual children including

any health requirements (regulation 79).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 130 © Compliant Learning Resources

4. Expert Advice Regarding Medical Conditions

Below are links to relevant organisations that provide specialist advice, medical

management templates or training in the management of specific health care

needs, allergies or medical conditions; including asthma, diabetes or a diagnosis

that a child is at risk of anaphylaxis.

Diabetes

 Diabetes Australia www.diabetesaustralia.com.au

 Australian Diabetes Society www.diabetessociety.com.au

Anaphylaxis and Allergies

 Australian Society of Clinical Immunology and Allergy www.allergy.org.au

 Allergy and Anaphylaxis Australia www.allergyfacts.org.au

 Royal Children’s Hospital, Department of Allergy and Immunology

www.rch.org.au/allergy

Asthma

 National Asthma Council Australia www.nationalasthma.org.au

 Asthma Australia www.asthmaaustralia.org.au

Other

 Royal Children’s Hospital fact sheets www.rch.org.au/kidsinfo

 Emergencies - when to call an ambulance fact sheet

 Epilepsy Foundation of Victoria www.epilepsyfoundation.org.au

Source: FACTSHEET National Quality Framework Children with Medical Conditions Attending

Education and Care Services

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 131

4.1. Consult With Relevant Authorities to Ensure That Health

Information is Current

It is important that the centre (and staff) are

working with and conveying the most up-to-date

health information. To do this, the staff will need

to consult with the relevant authorities to ensure

that their health information is the most current

and up-to-date.

Examples of relevant authorities that you consult

with to obtain current health information may include:

 Local Doctor or specialist

 Health Nurse

 Local Government (Department of Health)

 Federal or State Government (Department of Health)

 Australasian Society of Clinical Immunology and Allergy (ASCIA)

http://www.allergy.org.au/

 Asthma Australia http://www.asthmaaustralia.org.au/default.aspx

Internet Sources:

Information sourced from the internet will need to be validated first. While the information on

the “site” may have been researched, reviewed and presented with all due care, the content is

often provided for general education and information only.

In certain cases, it will be necessary to organise a meeting between a child’s doctor

or specialist in order to provide the best care.

Useful Resource Links:

 Australian Children’s Education and Care Quality Authority.

http://www.acecqa.gov.au/

 Australian Government: Department of Health

http://health.gov.au/

 Australian Government. National Childcare Accreditation Council.

(Archived resources for educators)

http://ncac.acecqa.gov.au/educator-resources/factsheets.asp

 National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC)

http://www.nhmrc.gov.au

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 132 © Compliant Learning Resources

5. Ensure That Individual Medical Management Plans for Children With

a Specific Health Care Need are In Place and Readily Available At the

Service

It is of the utmost importance that the centre and the staff ensure that individual

medical management plans for children with a specific healthcare need are in the

appropriate place and that they are always readily available.

The Individual Medical Management Plans

 Essential to achieve educational equality for children with health management

needs

 Ensures access to education for children with special health care needs, whether

or not the child is classified as eligible for special education

What is a Medical Management Plan?

A Medical Management Plan is a formal written agreement often developed with the

interdisciplinary collaboration of the centre staff in partnership with the child's family,

the child, and the child's health care provider(s) or specialists. Children with extreme

need for care may even need an Inclusion Support Plan developed to cater to their

needs and requirements.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 133

Examples of the following documents are available on the Sparkling Stars intranet:

Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre Templates

(Username: newusername - Password: newpassword)

• Inclusion Support Plan

• Individual Health Care Plan

• Risk Minimisation Plan

Why Use a Medical Management Plan?

 Ensures that the centres have needed information and authorisation

 Addresses family & centre concerns

 Clarifies roles & responsibilities

 Establishes a basis for ongoing teamwork, communication, & evaluation

A good Medical Management Plan contains information, guidelines & standards that

promote a child's health & educational goals, avoids unnecessary risk, restriction,

stigma, illness, & absence.

Every student with an impairment or physical disability should have their needs

documented and the services to be provided established through a Medical

Management Plan. The Medical Management Plan clarifies the provision of

medication, monitoring of health status, & other aspects of health management.

Who might need a Medical Management Plan?

Children with:

 Asthma

 Serious allergies

 Chronic medical conditions

 Disabilities or impairments

 ADD/ADHD

 Medication needs

 Need for catheterization

 Need for toileting assistance

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 134 © Compliant Learning Resources

Activity:

Download a copy of the Individual Health Care Plan and a Risk

Minimisation Plan from the Sparkling Stars Intranet and fill one out for a

child who has ASTHMA.

Guidance: Check out this example once you’re finished to see how close you were

http://www.nationalasthma.org.au/asthma-tools/asthma-action-plans

6. Provide for Each Child’s Comfort

Centre’s need to consider each individual children’s and families’ requirements for

comfort and welfare, especially in relation to daily routines; such as rest, sleep,

dressing and toileting/nappy changing.

There are a variety of factors that may influence a child’s individual requirements

and can include the child’s and family’s sociocultural background, their personal

preferences, their parent's requirements, the routines and activities that are in place

at home.

The Early Years Learning Framework Educators describes how “Educators and co-

ordinators will provide a range of active and restful experiences throughout the day

and support children to make appropriate decisions regarding their participation in

activities and experiences.” (Early Years Learning Framework, pages 14 and 32);

This is all part of the holistic approaches used in modern centres and recognises the

connectedness of mind, body and spirit of the children that attend.

An accredited centre that meets the NQS and follows the recommendations of the

Early Years Learning Framework will use many strategies to “provide for each child’s

comfort”.

It is important that children are given opportunities to:

 Communicate their needs for comfort and assistance

 Recognise and communicate their bodily needs

 Demonstrate a sense of belonging and comfort in their environment

 have opportunities to engage in appropriate quiet play activities for children

who do not require sleep or rest

 Be supplied with clean, appropriate spare clothes when they need them

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 135

Educators and staff can assist this by providing:

 groupings of children configured to provide for each child’s comfort and to

minimise the risk of overcrowding

 sleep and rest practices that are consistent with contemporary views about

children’s health, safety and welfare and that meet children’s individual needs

 physical spaces being made available for children to engage in rest and quiet

experiences

 a range of active and restful experiences and supporting children to make

appropriate decisions regarding participation

 respect for children’s needs for privacy during toileting and/or dressing and

undressing times

 children’s and families’ individual clothing needs and preferences being met to

promote children’s comfort, safety and protection within the scope of the

service’s requirements for children’s health and safety.

The strategies described above meet the requirements under Element 2.1.2 - Each

child’s comfort is provided for, and there are appropriate opportunities to meet each

child’s need for sleep, rest and relaxation.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 136 © Compliant Learning Resources

6.1. Configure Groupings of Children to Provide for Each Child’s

Comfort and to Minimise the Risk of Overcrowding

The arrangement of the environment plays

a key role in guiding the behaviour of young

children.

A poorly arranged physical setting actually

sends messages which may trigger

behaviours such as aggressive play,

running, or superficial interactions with

toys and materials. Altering the physical

space and layout of the room can eliminate

such challenging behaviours.

Observe children closely to determine what messages the physical environment is

sending. If it appears that the space suggests undesirable behaviours to children -

like running indoors - be willing to modify the arrangement of equipment and

furnishings to send a different message. If the behaviour suggests there is not

enough room (example: pushing shoving and taking things from other children)

then breaking up the groups into smaller ones may be a solution.

 Include cosy and well-defined play spaces to discourage running indoors.

Wide-open areas tend to encourage children to use the space for rowdy,

high-speed play.

 Use low shelves or other borders (tape on the floor, area rugs, raised edges)

to designate the size of each type of play space. The size of a play area tends

to indicate how many children can play there.

 A cosy book area, for example, should be very small and have a clear

boundary if only one or two children are to play there. Other spaces, like

block areas, can be larger because the nature of the play can handle a larger

group.

 Spend time demonstrating and explaining to children how new equipment

should be used in order to prevent potential injuries and set the stage for its

appropriate use.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 137

6.2. Ensure Physical Spaces are Available for Children to Engage In

Rest and Quiet Activities

Children need quiet as well as active play opportunities.

Designate passive areas for quiet play (like puzzles, books, listening to soft music,

looking at photographs, puppets, nature table/interest table, sand and water play)

by taking advantage of cosy spaces or adding carpet or pillows to absorb sound.

Inside you could set up a book nook, drawing centre or set up some bean bags in a

quiet area, for outside you could set up a construction zone, art area, sensory or

nature zone.

With children old enough to use computers or notepads there are plenty of

appropriate software titles, or movies to keep them engaged.

A passive play area or designated space can often take up less room than the space

required for active play. Be sure that the kinds of materials and the physical

arrangement of the play spaces clearly give children the message of active versus

quiet play and that the two areas are distinct and separate.

Quiet play areas are important, as they will provide the children with the chance to

relax and carry out the experiences they choose as well as spend time on their own.

In the sleep/rest area space sleep mats at least two feet apart to provide a path for

children to walk easily and safely without disturbing the other children. Provide

night lights in a darkened sleep room to prevent tripping accidents.

6.3. Active and Restful Experiences to Appropriate Decisions

Regarding Participation

In order to assist in creating a sense of achievement, start by suggesting

experiences that are simple and that the child can easily accomplish. After this, you

can move onto more complicated and challenging experiences

The term 'experience' is quite frequently used in the child care industry.

The word ‘experience’ is often used in discussions regarding the activities that are

organized for children.

An experience relates to something that actively involves the child. Examples of

this include playing some sort of game, (for instance, hide and seek), or it may be

an object that the child is playing with (for instance a puzzle or drawing a picture),

talking to the teacher, helping clean up after a meal. An experience can be defined

as virtually anything that happens during the day that is meaningful or of

significance to the child.

What do you like to do in your spare time? Do you prefer to go to the movies or go

for a swim? Maybe you like to socialise with friends or perhaps you would rather

read a book on your own?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 138 © Compliant Learning Resources

The way in which you choose to spend your time is determined by your interests

and what brings you enjoyment. This is the same for children as well.

In order to get children involved in a particular experience, it is vital to ensure that

it will be of interest to them. Read the following material to look into this subject

in greater detail.

The things that you enjoy doing in your spare time are dependent on what you find

interesting. You may have noticed that you usually like doing the things that you

are good at or those things which you may be particularly skilled at.

Children are exactly the same! They all have separate personalities and their own

specific likes and dislikes.

When organising experiences for children that are in your care, it is imperative to

take into consideration the same things.

Providing a Variety of Areas and Experiences

A child care environment needs to have lots of choices! Just like you, children want

to choose what they'd like to participate in and when.

You should always try to include a choice of experiences, as well as different types

of experiences. The choices should be provided consistently over the day with

enough time for the children to participate in the experiences they wish to and

should reflect needs, abilities and interests.

The main points to remember about an environment for children are that it should

be:

 safe

 hygienic

 presentable

 inviting

 challenging

 stimulating

 inclusive

 supportive of children's strengths, needs and interests.

Respect the children's rights; respect the environment in which you work; respect

the resources you have, and you will find that the children will do the same.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 139

As well as offering choices, you also need to consider the environment in the

following ways to encourage the children to play and learn.

Within an environment, there are some areas that are almost always present,

although they may change position within the room. These areas still need to look

inviting to the children.

Some of these areas include:

 home play area

 block area

 book area

 art area

 music area

 nature area.

Within these common areas, you can create many different experiences. Let's look

at the block area for example. In the block area you may set up the following

experiences at different times:

 wooden blocks

 Lego® Duplo

 other Lego® products

 animal characters

 people characters

 dolls house

 sand in a container

 shredded paper

 cardboard boxes.

The list is endless, yet all enhance various opportunities for play. The same can be

done with all the areas within a room.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 140 © Compliant Learning Resources

Experiences with Overlapping Developmental Areas

Something that you may be asking yourself is: ‘Do any of these play areas cross

over?’

The answer is yes they do! All of the play areas intertwine and support one another

in the promotion of the development of the whole child. Different areas of

development are encouraged at once.

For example, by allowing for both individual and group opportunities at all times,

you are providing opportunities for social development across all of the play areas.

Another example is, by providing a challenge you will extend the individual as well

as promoting cognitive development and emotional development.

You can see from these examples that there are many ways to creatively encourage

a child's development, and you need to keep these in mind as you design

environments for the children in your care.

Active / Passive Play

Think about how you feel over the day. Are there times when you're full of energy

and wanting to be involved in an exciting activity? Are there other times when you

just want to relax and rest and have some quiet time? Children are just the same.

They need an environment in which they can feel comfortable whatever their

mood.

When educators are planning both the inside and outside spaces play areas they

take into account a variety of play styles.

Play spaces should be divided into:

 Active areas, where play will involve movement (such as blocks, cars, home

corner, bikes, and swings)

 Passive areas, where play involve little movement (such as books, listening

to soft music, looking at photographs, puppets, nature table/ interest table,

sand and water play).

In this way, the play spaces will complement the type of play rather than be in

opposition to each other.

Individual or Group Spaces

There also need to be places for children to participate in either individual or group

work, areas that are alive with the hustle and bustle of activity, and of course, areas

where children can go to simply relax.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 141

Support Children’s Learning through Play

Early childhood educators take on many roles and use a range of strategies to

support children learning through play by:

 engaging in sustained shared conversations to extend children’s thinking as

they play

 providing a balance between child initiated and led learning and adult

initiated learning

 creating indoor and outdoor learning environments that encourage children

to explore, solve problems, create and construct.

 allowing large blocks of uninterrupted time for play

 observing, documenting and assessing play as they analyse the learning

taking place

 intentionally teaching through encouraging, questioning, mediating,

sustaining, extending, and resourcing.

 making decisions about when to be in or out of the play.

Source: Learning Through Play

(https://ieccwa.org/uploads/IECC2012/HANDOUTS/KEY_1288710/LearningThroughPlay_ha

ndout.docx)

Holistic approaches recognise the connectedness of mind, body and spirit. Educators and coordinators provide a range of active and restful experiences

throughout the day and support children to make appropriate decisions regarding their participation in activities and experiences (Early Years

Learning Framework, pages 14 and 32)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 142 © Compliant Learning Resources

Involving Children in the Decision Making Process

Prior to involving children in the decision-making process, adults need to plan for

children’s involvement. Some tips which help this process are:

 Gather with the children prior to the activity.

 Addressing any special needs that children may have.

 Ensure that the process is accessible to the children involved – a listening

culture among staff is essential so that children feel valued and respected, able

to express their views at any time and that their views will be heard and acted

upon. Commitment is required from organisations as is the early involvement

of children and young people in issues and making their involvement central.

 Give enough information to make a choice about whether they want to take part

(you may have child-friendly booklets or fact sheets available).

 Have options of how to the children are expected to engage, suggest a range of

participatory activities

 Creating child-friendly materials – Flexibility is important as well as a wide

range of methods and approaches. An informal atmosphere with a social aspect

is recommended as is the employment of child-friendly methods and

environments.

 Identifying support workers who the children are familiar with and can assist

them – Skills Development and training for staff around participation with

young people assists with the staff being better support workers for the children

and enhances their confidence and competence.

 Making sure the roles, boundaries and expectations are clear – Clarity is

necessary about adult involvement, about purpose, objectives and parameters

for decision-making. When young people are recruited, they need clear

information about what to expect and honesty about the degree of power-

sharing available.

 Developing a timeframe for the work.

 Identifying resources available – Resources are important and sometimes are

linked to the need for staff training or the need for projects to have longer-term

funding.

 Decide on the level of influence children will have on decisions.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 143

Be Positive

Using positive communication skills is important to ensure children feel safe to tell

adults what they think. To achieve this staff need to:

 Really tune in to what the child is saying and the emotions behind the words.

 Look the child in the eye – this helps you avoid conflict and allows you to see

what the child might be feeling or thinking. At different ages, some children are

uncomfortable making eye contact, but by repeating back what you think they

have said, they will know that you have an understanding of what they are

meaning.

 Be actively listening which helps children cope with young emotions. They tend

to get frustrated a lot, especially when they can’t express themselves as well as

they would like. By allowing them time to finish sentences and repeating back

what they have said it makes them feel respected and their thoughts valued.

 Ask open-ended questions to encourage children to speak freely in the

discussion.

 Be honest – when we lie to them, we lose their trust.

 Don’t criticise the children for using incorrect words. The idea is to give the

child a chance for free expression.

Keep in mind:

Make sure you suggest experiences that are familiar to the child initially. Then when they are

comfortable you can gradually introduce the unfamiliar. It is important to always keep in mind,

the emotional needs of the child.

To encourage a sense of achievement, suggest uncomplicated experiences that the child can

easily accomplish, then offer more complicated experiences in order to provide them with a

challenge.

It is imperative to take into consideration, the interests of children and to ensure that they are

included in the experiences that you have organised.

If you can offer experiences that are of interest to children, they are much more likely to want to

participate in the activity and will enjoy it much more.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 144 © Compliant Learning Resources

CHAPTER 4. SUPPORT EACH CHILD’S HEALTH

NEEDS

In this section, we will look closely at our most important consideration when caring

for children – ensuring their health and safety.

Everything we do at our centres must, first and foremost, ensure the safety and health

of the children in our care. In order to achieve this, we need to ensure we initially

provide a safe environment for the children and make sure that the daily routines and

activities maintain this high level of safety.

Even with the utmost care, however, children still get sick, and accidents do still

happen, so we also need to know what to do in those situations. This will be explored

further below.

1. Rest Times

1.1. Needs for Rest, and Sleep/Rest Patterns

Rest and quiet times are essential for the wellbeing and development of children.

The children need to take necessary breaks throughout the day get through with a

happy and cheerful demeanour and to renew their energy for an active day.

It is important that when we set up the rest/sleep area, we do so in a way that is

conducive to rest, such as:

 Ensure the temperature is comfortable.

 The room is darkened but with a small amount of light for safety reasons.

 Soft relaxation music may also help children to unwind.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 145

1.2. Signs of Fatigue and Sleep Behaviours

The stress of getting used to child care, the changes to the daily routine and dealing

with a lot of new people and other children can be emotionally demanding.

Educators need to take into account the effect of the child care environment and

transition to care when discussing sleep and rest routines with parents of newly

enrolling children and planning these routines to meet the child’s needs. The child

care environment usually offers more opportunities for children to be physically

active so they may also become more physically tired at centre than they do at

home.

We need to discuss with the parents the individual signals of tiredness and other

sleep cues children mat display. Our role is to identify their need for sleep and

accommodate it into our routine.

Recognising

Cues for

Sleep/Rest

Babies

Birth – 24 months

Toddlers

24 -36 months

Children

36 months plus

Needs for rest  16 to 20 hours per

day

 40-minute sleep

cycle and cannot

differentiate

between day and

night

 wake to feed

every 3-5 hours

 12 out of 24 hours

is spent asleep

without waking. A

nap during the day

averages one and

a half hours

ranging up to

about 2.5 hours

10 to 11 hours at night

Rest/ Sleep

Patterns

 Three different

sleep states –

REM- during

which they will

suck, grimace,

smile and

occasionally twitch

their fingers and

feet,

 By 3 years of age,

the daytime nap is

reducing and then

ceases

 Dream (REM)

sleep continues to

decrease while

the other stages of

sleep lengthen

and become more

consolidated

By 12 years of age,

slow wave (deep)

sleep occurs mainly in

the first half of the

night while dream

sleep (REM)

decreases to adult

levels of about 15-

20% of the total time

spent asleep. "Night

terrors" - where the

child appears to wake,

is very frightened and

inconsolable - are not

uncommon from 4 to

8 years of age.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 146 © Compliant Learning Resources

1.3. Building Self-help Skills: Sleep/Rest Time

Use sleep and rest times as opportunities to introduce more self-help behaviours

in children.

Sleep time routines can be created for children by:

 Letting the children set up the room for sleep or rest time

 putting out their own bedding and pack up the beds afterwards

 Putting away their own linen.

1.4. The National Quality Framework and Rest Time

Rest time is specified in the National Education and Care regulations and the

National Quality Standards to assist centres to support children’s health and well-

being.

Regulation 81, Sleep and Rest, states:

“ (1) The approved provider of an education and care service must take

reasonable steps to ensure that the needs for sleep and rest of children

being educated and cared for by the service are met, having regard to the

ages, development stages and individual needs of the children.

(2) The nominated supervisor of an education and care service must take

reasonable steps to ensure that the needs for sleep and rest of children

being educated and cared for by the service are met, having regard to the

ages, development stages and individual needs of the children.

(3) A family day care educator must take reasonable steps to ensure that

the needs for sleep and rest of children being educated and cared for by

the educator as part of a family day care service are met, having regard

to the ages, development stages and individual needs of the children.”

Source: Education and Care Services National Regulations (2011), p. 101-102.

Supporting the regulations, the National Quality Standard, Quality Area 2-

Children’s health and safety states….

2.1.1 Each child’s wellbeing and comfort is provided for, including

appropriate opportunities to meet each child’s need for sleep, rest and

relaxation.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 147

The key factor to Quality area 2 includes promoting the children’s health, safety

and well-being by providing for individual children’s health, sleep, rest and

relaxation requirements.

Fundamentally, providing for children’s wellbeing is to ensure that routines,

activities and experiences support children’s individual requirements for health,

nutrition, sleep, rest and relaxation. This incorporates learning about themselves

and their ability to take increasing responsibility for self-help and basic health

routines.

This promotes a sense of independence and confidence. As children become more

independent, they take greater responsibility for their own health, hygiene and

personal care, and they become aware of their own and others’ safety and

wellbeing. This safety and well-being include knowing when their bodies are in

need of some quiet time or relaxation.

Source: Guide to the National Quality Standard

1.5. Rest Time in Action

Educators at many centres know the sleep needs and preferences of each child in

their rooms. Within the group there may be some babies who have two long periods

of sleep a day, others have several short ‘catnaps’ while the majority of children

ages 2-6 years having one sleep after lunch, which varies from 20 minutes to two

hours.

Carers try to make the same ‘rest spot’ available to each child on the days they

attend, either the same cot or positioning the beds in a similar configuration

around the room.

Carers are very observant, alert to each child’s cues, and take into account each

child’s usual sleep habits as well as any other factors that may influence when and

how much sleep each child needs (Example, if the parent has mentioned that

morning the child was up late the night before.)

Children’s personal rituals are respected, and carers ensure they have familiar

comforters, such as blankets, dummies, cuddly toys. Toddlers and pre-school age

children are given unhurried time to complete their preparations for sleep,

including toileting, changing into comfortable clothes and taking their shoes off.

One of the toddler’s families, like their child to be dressed in their pyjamas for sleep

time, following their same daytime routine as they do at home. The Educator

supports these families request as it assists the child to be comfortable, secure and

settled. Educators familiar to the children are available if children need help to

relax and go to sleep. This could include comforting the child, tucking the child in

and saying ‘Good night’ and/or gently patting or sitting next to the child.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 148 © Compliant Learning Resources

Around the time when lunch finishes, the educator dim the playroom lights, play

soft music and talk softly to convey that quiet time has begun. For children who

have already slept or who are not sleepy, there are books and quiet activities

provided on their beds. This peaceful time of the routine, in the busy day, is stress-

free and appreciated by the children and educators.

Educators do take their breaks during this time; however, all children are

supervised at all times ensuring child to educator ratios are always correct.

The cot and sleep room have sound monitors and windows so carers can frequently

check sleeping children.

As each child wakes, their carer responds with a soothing voice and a cuddle. They

recognise that the ‘waking up’ routine is just as important as the settling routine.

Children are not hurried, changed if needed, offered a drink then helped to join the

group playing quietly in the playroom.

1.6. Tips for Sleep and Rest Time

 Recognise the children's cues and signals - rubbing eyes, yawning, etc.

 Create sleep/rest spaces where children can sleep quietly and safely.

 Position each child in the same sleeping place each day, draw a diagram of

the room so that relief staff can ensure consistency.

 Encourage parents to bring their child's security object from home - blanket,

soft toy, dummy, etc.

 Develop sleep/rest time rituals and/or routines that you repeat each day

with individual children. I.e. Singing a lullaby or rocking patting to sleep.

 Share information with parents about their child's sleep routine and suggest

resources to parents who may be having difficulty with children sleeping at

home.

 Allow for children's differences when planning sleep time, e.g. Sit first with

children who settle easily and then focus on the children who require more

time and attention later.

 Cooperate with parents’ preferences; for example, the parent wants their

child to sleep for one hour only.

 A ‘tucking in’ routine adds a homely and unhurried feel to rest times. This

will help promote children’s feelings of comfort and security, especially for

infants and toddlers.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 149

 Once most children are settled, you could read a book or tell a story aloud.

There are many excellent children’s books and poems based around bedtime

that could be used for this purpose. Reading instalments from a longer book

over several days is also a popular option for older children.

 Never make children stay in their beds as a form of punishment. If you do,

children will make unpleasant associations with rest/sleep time or going to

bed and may resist or misbehave at that time each day.

 Provide quiet activities for those children who do not require sleep. Provide

books or puzzles or make “rest-time bags” and fill with quiet resources for

the children to have on their beds.

1.7. Average Sleep Required for Children 0-12 Years

• 16 - 20 hours per dayNeonate

• 15 hours per day3 Months

• 14 hours per day 6 to 12 Months

• 10 - 13 hours per day1 to 3 Years

• 10 - 12 hours per nightPreschoolers

• 6 years - 10-12 hours per night

• 12 years - 10 hours per night 6 to 12 Years

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 150 © Compliant Learning Resources

1.8. Sleep Cycles and Patterns

Babies birth – 12 months

 16 to 20 hours per day

 40-minute sleep cycle and cannot differentiate between day and night

 wake to feed every 3-5 hours

Toddlers – 12 months to 24 months

 12 out of 24 hours is spent asleep without waking. A nap during the day

averages one and a half hours ranging up to about 2.5 hours

Children – 36 months plus

 10 to 11 hours at night

1.9. Rest/Sleep Patterns

Babies birth – 24 months

 Three different sleep states – REM- during which they will suck, grimace,

smile and occasionally twitch their fingers and feet

Toddlers – 24 months to 36 months

 By 3 years of age, the daytime nap is reducing and then ceases

 Dream (REM) sleep continues to decrease while the other stages of sleep

lengthen and become more consolidated

Children – 36 months plus

 By 12 years of age, slow wave (deep) sleep occurs mainly in the first half of

the night while dream sleep (REM) decreases to adult levels of about 15-20%

of the total time spent asleep. "Night terrors" - where the child appears to

wake, is very frightened and inconsolable - are not uncommon from 4 to 8

years of age.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 151

1.10. Safe Sleeping

How to sleep a baby safely:

1. Sleep baby on the back from birth, not on the tummy or side

2. Sleep baby with head and face uncovered

3. Keep baby smoke free before birth and after

4. Provide a safe sleeping environment night and day

5. Sleep baby in their own safe sleeping place in the same room as an

adult caregiver for the first six to twelve months

Source: https://rednose.com.au/downloads/Safe_Sleeping_Long_Brochure.pdf

1.11. Safe Equipment

Baby furniture accounts for around 20 percent of injuries to children aged 12

months or less. It is important to ensure the equipment in the nursery meets

Australian Standards.

Cots

All cots sold in Australia need to comply with the Australian Standard for Cots

(AS/NZS 2172), and should be labelled as such. The following are the requirements

for cots:

 The bars or panels should be spaced between 50 mm and 95 mm apart –

bigger gaps can trap a baby’s head, arms or legs. If the bars or panels are

made from flexible material, the maximum spacing between the bars or

panels should be less than 95 mm.

 The cot should have a minimum depth of 600 mm from the base of the

mattress to the top of the cot.

 The gap between the mattress and the cot sides and ends should be less than

20 mm.

 Check that there are no spaces between 30 mm and 50 mm that could trap

your child’s arms or legs.

 Check that there are no small holes or openings between 5 mm and 12 mm

that could trap your child’s fingers.

 Place the cot in a safe spot and use locking brakes.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 152 © Compliant Learning Resources

Sources: Kidsafe Family Daycare Safety Guidelines, 2012, pg.21;

Baby furniture - safety tips

Making a Baby’s Cot

Source: https://rednose.com.au/article/how-to-make-up-babys-cot

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 153

Wrapping Babies for Sleep

Many young babies are wrapped for sleep time. Wrapping is often used to help the

baby feel safe and reassured while sleeping.

Wrapping can be a great way to calm babies down. Be aware though, that wrapping

will not work for all babies. While some will love it and quickly associate being

wrapped with comfort and sleep, others will hate being contained and be upset

until unwrapped or wiggle out within minutes! Some babies enjoy having their

arms wrapped but prefer one, or both, hands-free to suck on their wrist, hand or

fingers.

When wrapping a baby:

 Ensure that baby is positioned on the back with the feet at the bottom of the cot.

 Ensure that baby is wrapped from below the neck to avoid covering the face.

 Sleep baby with face uncovered (no doonas, pillows, cot bumpers, and lamb’s

wool or soft toys in the sleeping environment).

 Use only lightweight wraps such as cotton or muslin (bunny rugs and blankets

are not safe alternatives as they may cause overheating).

 The wrap should not be too tight and must allow for hip and chest wall

movement.

 Make sure that baby is not overdressed under the wrap. Use only a nappy and

singlet in warmer weather and add a lightweight grow suit in cooler weather.

 Modify the wrap to meet the baby’s developmental changes, e.g. arms free once

‘startle’ reflex begins to disappear at around 3 months; (Moro or ‘startle’ reflex

should have disappeared by 4-5 months).

 When a baby is able to roll from their back to their tummy and then onto their

back again during supervised play (usually 4-6 months) the use of a wrap can

be discontinued for settling and sleep.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 154 © Compliant Learning Resources

Source: http://www.abc.net.au/parenting/parenting_in_pictures/wrapping_newborn.htm

1.12. Alternatives to Sleep Time

All children need rest, though for some children rest may not mean sleep. Most 4-

5-year-olds do not need a daytime sleep if they are getting adequate rest at night.

The purpose of rest times is for children to have the opportunity to rest and slow

down their bodies to allow them to recharge their energy for the remainder of the

day. Engaging in quiet activities is one-way children can relax their bodies during

this time. Rest time is not a time for staff to catch up on paperwork and

programming. Though some tasks, such as the “What we did today” cleaning

bathrooms, and cleaning room floors may be able to be completed in this if time

and staffing allow.

For children that do not need to sleep, it is helpful to allow them to play with quiet

activities. You may choose to set aside a separate area or simply provide books or

puzzles for children to have while on their beds. Many centres choose to read

stories to the whole group or small groups of children or do children’s mediation

or relaxation techniques during rest time.

One important thing to remember is that a quiet area where children can go to relax

should be provided throughout the day. Well-rested children have more energy,

and are more alert and curious. Over-tired children are often emotional, prone to

accidents and intolerant of the behaviour of other children. Ensuring that all

children have the sleep or rest they need will contribute to their individual

wellbeing and the harmony of the group.

Source: Kearns, the Big Picture, 2010

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 155

1.13. Appropriate Quiet Play Activities

There are many activities that you could introduce as alternatives to sleep or rest.

The range will depend on the resources available at your centre.

 Teddy Bears Picnic – pop down a picnic rug, toy tea set and your child’s

favourite soft toy friends

 Book and CD story sets

 Threading – try pipe cleaners and large holes for 2s and fishing line or thin

wire and smaller holes for 3+

 Puzzles – those which provide an appropriate level of challenge are great for

any age.

 Stickers and a sticker book.

 Collage – add lightweight collage materials, a piece of thin card and a glue

stick for minimal mess.

 Playdough – vary your usual ‘tools’ to extend interest in the activity. Try

sticks and other natural materials, cupcake wrappers and pop sticks, rubber

stamps and rolling pins, items with interesting texture, or add your child’s

favourite figurines. You’ll find my favourite homemade playdough recipe

here.

 Books Quiet Play Activities for 3+

 Felt or flannel board stories

 Audio stories

 Simple sewing activities – you’ll find suggestions here, here, here, and here.

 Modelling – with air dry clay (look for the less messy porcelain white option)

or plasticine/modelling clay. Here are some ideas for modelling.

 Watercolour painting – once a child has practised the process of using

watercolours it can become a very independent, low mess creative option for

quiet play.

 Block construction

 Figurines – add your child’s favourite figurines or small vehicles to a play

scene.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 156 © Compliant Learning Resources

2. Share Information

At the end of the day, it is always important that you share information about

individual children’s rest and sleep patterns with parents and families’. If the child

was unsettled or refused to sleep, the parents will need to know as this may affect the

behaviour or activity of the child once they return home. Unsettled sleep patterns

could also represent signs of stress or illness.

Privacy

In an Early Childhood Education and Care setting, you must respect children’s needs

for privacy during any toileting and dressing and undressing times.

This could be maintained in a centre by the following policies and procedures:

 Only named staff identified by your centre should undertake the intimate care of

children.

 Managers must ensure that all staff undertaking the intimate care of children are

familiar with, and understand the Intimate Care Policy and Guidelines together

with associated Policy and Procedures.

 All staff must be trained in the specific types of intimate care that they carry out

and fully understand the Intimate Care Policy and Guidelines within the context of

their work.

 Intimate care arrangements must be agreed by the centre, parents / carers and

child (if appropriate). Intimate Care Policy and Guidelines Regarding Children

 Intimate care arrangements must be recorded in the child’s personal file and

consent forms signed by the parents/carers and child (if appropriate).

 Staff should not undertake any aspect of intimate care that has not been agreed

between the centre, parents / carers and child (if appropriate).

 Centres need to make provisions for emergencies, i.e. a staff member on sick leave.

Additional trained staff should be available to undertake specific intimate care

tasks. Do not assume someone else can do the task.

 Intimate care arrangements should be reviewed at least six months. The views of

all relevant parties, including the child (if appropriate), should be sought and

considered to inform future arrangements.

 If a staff member has concerns about a colleague’s intimate care practice, they must

report this to their designated manager/educator.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 157

3. Individual Clothing Needs and Preferences

Now that you know how to give children an understanding of their physical needs and

how to meet them, it's time to plan some experiences that involve these issues.

Although it's generally the child's parents who provide the clothes to wear, it's our

responsibility to ensure that as conditions change so does the child’s clothing

requirement. For example, at certain times of the year weather can be unpredictable -

What starts out as a very cold morning can soon turn in to a very warm day. It would

be inappropriate and uncomfortable to leave a child in a thick warm coat all day in

these circumstances. Therefore we must constantly consider the environment and

change a child’s clothing to suit their needs.

Older children may be able to choose what they prefer to wear, and if appropriate we

can encourage them in their decision making or discuss other more appropriate

alternatives.

It is suggested in most services that parents pack extra clothing for children, but there

may be times when a child has exceeded the contents of their bag and requires extra

clothing from the service.

When choosing clothing for children, some safety issues need to be considered.

Clothing should be:

 easy to take on and off

 free from ribbons and bows, and things which may trap fingers and toes

 appropriate for the season and weather.

Think about how:

 all-in-one suits could cause children to slip if they are learning to stand or walk

 long pants protect children’s knees when crawling

 some clothing can restrict movement and discourage development

 jeans with buttons/belts (or overalls) may be tricky for children who are being

toilet trained to remove so they can access potty/toilet.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 158 © Compliant Learning Resources

The centre will normally inform parents of clothing that is considered to be

inappropriate or unsuitable for children to wear while attending the centre.

These may include:

 Clothing that poses a potential health and safety risk. For example, hooded

jumpers with cords increase the risk of choking, or wearing thongs to climb

outdoor equipment;

 Clothing that restricts movement, the child’s ability to play or inhibits the

development of self-help skills.

 Clothing that is too revealing and may potentially place a child at risk. For

example, some styles of swimwear, midriff tops;

 Clothing that contravenes the sun protection policy. For example, strapless

tops or singlets; or

 Clothing that offends others. For example shirts or baseball caps with slogans,

images or language that may potentially provoke a negative response or offend

another person’s beliefs or values.

Staff will ensure that the children are dressed appropriately for Indoor/Outdoor

environmental conditions and temperatures.

 Sun hats and lightweight long-sleeved clothing for outside in Summer (refer to

Sun Protection Policy)

 Beanies and jackets for outside in winter.

 Heavy or restrictive outer clothing will be removed to prevent overheating

during sleep and ensure the children are comfortable (Refer Rest Time Policy)

The children will be strongly encouraged by staff to wear protective clothing (smocks,

aprons) when participating in messy activities.

 painting and collage experiences;

 clay or water play; or

 cooking

Whenever possible, staff will inform parents in advance of potentially very messy

activities, so parents can dress their children appropriately (i.e. old, easy to wash

clothes).

Appropriate clothing for the environment and weather conditions will be discussed

with children and included in the experiences and activities.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 159

3.1. Building Self-help Skills: Dressing/Undressing

For young children, this skill can often be the most difficult to master.

Dressing and undressing can offer children

some challenging moments. You can use

these moments to:

 promote cooperation

 encourage decision making

 develop and practise self-help skills.

For instance, when taking off the sock or

bootie of a very young infant, you can pull the sock half off and encourage the child

to pull it right off. Little coordination is needed when the task is set up like this.

Children get a lot of pleasure and satisfaction from helping out. The idea is to

simplify the task, so the child gets to practice and remember the process. At first,

it takes longer to work cooperatively together, but when children are encouraged

to help dress/undress themselves, they become more proficient. They reach the

point where they need very little help, except with such things as buttons, zips and

laces.

Work through the information below, for ideas on how you can build self-help skills

and promote cooperation in the dressing and undressing processes.

Encourage parents to provide clothing that is easy to manage - tracksuit pants,

Velcro runners etc.

Step in to prevent frustration when children attempt a task that may be too

difficult.

Talk with them about what you are doing.

Give lots of positive encouragement for all attempts.

Keep instructions simple, take it one step at a time and provide opportunities to

practice.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 160 © Compliant Learning Resources

4. Effective Hygiene and Health Practices

Personal Hygiene

Personal hygiene includes the cleanliness and hygiene of your body (hair, teeth, hands

and feet), clothes and accessories (jewellery, watches etc.). This means washing your

hands, especially, but also your body. It means being careful not to cough or sneeze on

others, not working around food if you are unwell, putting items such as tissues (that

may have germs) into a bin, and using protection (like gloves) when you might be at

risk of catching an infection.

Example: When you are holding a baby over your shoulder, if they sneeze or vomit,

germs will spread over your clothes, neck and hair. Strategies to help prevent the

spread of germs in this example include having a spare change of clothes for yourself,

always using a clean cloth to put over your clothes when holding a baby, use

antibacterial wipes to wipe over neck and hair.

Handwashing

Infections can be spread by a person who shows no signs of illness. Hand washing is

one of the most effective ways of preventing the spread of infection. The best way to

prevent the transmission of disease is to wash and dry your hands thoroughly.

Educating staff to wash and dry their hands effectively decreases the amount of disease

in infants and toddlers. Hand washing is effective because it loosens, dilutes and

flushes off germs and contaminated matter.

It is something we can all do to help maintain high standards of cleanliness and keep

the children at the centre healthy. We’ve all been washing our hands for many years.

However it may surprise you how many of us don’t actually wash our hands properly!

How Easily are Diseases Spread in a Centre?

Some viruses such as measles and norovirus are very infectious and will very easily

infect non-immune people. Measles virus can remain airborne for up to 2 hours after

a person has left a room so that further people are exposed. Norovirus is a very

common cause of diarrhoea and can infect 50% or more of people in a group. At the

other extreme, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and HIV are very difficult to spread in a child

care setting.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 161

To promote and enable effective hand washing requires:

Hand basins should be readily accessible and located where they will be most needed,

including nappy changing areas, toilets, food preparation areas and outdoor areas.

Hand basins should be an appropriate size and at an appropriate height, for both staff

and children. Installing hands-free taps and liquid soap dispensers will reduce the

opportunities for diseases and infections to spread.

How to Wash Hands

Read through the handwashing procedure below. It shows the correct way to wash

your hands to reduce the spread of infection.

 Use liquid soap and running water.

 Rub hands together vigorously as you wash them "Counting to ten."

 Wash your hands all over, including:

o Back of hands

o Wrists

o Between the fingers

o Under fingernails

 Rinse hands well "Counting to ten."

 Turn off the taps with paper towel

 Press dry hands with a new piece of paper towel

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 162 © Compliant Learning Resources

Children that are under the child care professional supervision should be shown and

assisted in completing the above routine, making sure to supervise and observe them

so they develop a hand washing habit.

When carrying out the above routine, it is important that you count to ten both when

you are soaping and rubbing hands as well as when you are rinsing them off. Even

though this seems a long time, the challenge is to allow enough time in the daily

program for children to wash their hands well. Babies will need to have their hands

washed more often than and just as thoroughly as the older children.

It is very important that your centre ensures that the information about correct hand

washing procedures is displayed in relevant areas of the centre. This information

could also include not only how to wash your hands but also, when to wash your hands

and when to wash the hands of the children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 163

When Should You Wash Your Hands?

It is very important to regularly wash your hands when caring for children to stop the

spread of germs or bacteria.

Wash your hands:

 when you arrive at the centre. This reduces the introduction of germs.

 before handling food and drink

 before eating

 after going to the toilet

 after cleaning up faeces and/or vomit

 before and after administering first aid

 after using paint or other materials

 after cleaning up body fluids

 before and after nappy changing

 after handling pets

 after blowing your nose

 after wiping noses, either the child's or yours

 after coughing into your hand

 after scratching your head or playing with your hair.

 before going home. This prevents taking germs home.

(Using a sanitary solution, after shaking someone's hand will help reduce the

spread of germs within your centre)

Can you think of any other times when you might need to wash your hands?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 164 © Compliant Learning Resources

When to wash the children's hands:

 When they arrive at the centre, this reduces the introduction of germs (Parents

can help with this).

 Before eating.

 After having their nappy changed, as their hand could become contaminated

with germ whilst on the change mat.

 After going to the toilet.

 After playing outside.

 After touching nose secretions.

 Before going home: This prevents taking germs home.

Having the information about correct hand washing procedures displayed in relevant

areas, will bring it to the attention of every one, (staff, children and children's parents)

and thereby helping to reduce the risk of cross-contamination and the spread of

infection.

Soaps and Drying Hands

It is essential that when hand washing both \children and adults use soap to eliminate

the transmission of germs. The soap removes the dirt, grease and oil and then it is

washed down the sink by the water. Liquid soap should be used instead of cakes of

soap as germs can grow on the wet soap as it is left on the sink. Soap and water are the

best way to clean hands though, in situations where water is not available, germicidal

(non-water) solutions can be used.

Drying hands is just as important to effective hand washing as using soap and water.

The best way to reduce transmission of germs is to use disposable towels or electric

hand dryers. Paper towels can also be used to turn off taps before it is discarded in the

bin.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 165

Handling and Disposing of Bodily Fluids

Soiled items such as disposable gloves, paper towels, disposable nappies, dressings

and used first aid items should be treated as “contaminated waste”. They should be

disposed of in bins lined with a plastic bag and clearly marked to indicate that the bin

is for a special purpose and the waste should not be handled. The bins for

contaminated waste should be in an area where children will not be able to access

them.

Remember!

Always Wear Gloves

Wearing gloves does not replace the need for handwashing as gloves may have very

small holes or be torn during use. Hands may also become contaminated during

removal of gloves. A pair of new disposable gloves should be used for each child.

Procedure for dealing with spills of body fluids

1. Put on gloves.

2. Get a piece of absorbent paper towel and plastic bag.

3. Place over spill and let it soak up the spill.

4. Carefully remove paper and put in paper in plastic bag.

5. Take off gloves and also place in plastic bag before

disposing in the bin.

6. Wash and dry your hands and place on a new pair of

gloves.

7. Wipe or mop area with warm soapy water.

8. Apply disinfectant to area.

9. Let air dry.

10. Take off gloves and wash hands.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 166 © Compliant Learning Resources

4.1. Promote and Implement Effective Hygiene Practices

Maintaining high standards of hygiene is essential in preventing the spread of

infectious diseases and ensuring good health. Effective hygiene practices assist

significantly in reducing the likelihood of children becoming ill due to cross-

infection or as a result of exposure to materials, surfaces, body fluids or other

substances that may cause infection or illness.

In their settings, educators and co-ordinators promote continuity of children’s

personal health and hygiene by sharing ownership of routines

and schedules with children, families and the community

(Early Years Learning Framework, page 32; Framework for

School Age Care, page 31).

Source: Guide to the NQS

When you promote and implement effective hygiene practices

children will learn to take increasing responsibility for their

own health and physical wellbeing.

Centres can support this by ensuring the implementation of:

 Health and hygiene policy and procedures

 Written procedures and schedules for maintaining a regular regime of

washing children’s toys and equipment

 Nappy-changing and toileting procedures displayed in toilet and nappy-

changing areas

 Information about correct hand-washing procedures displayed in relevant

areas of the service, such as bathrooms, nappy change areas and food

preparation areas.

 Evidence that families are provided with information and support that helps

them to follow the service’s hygiene procedures.

 Hygiene practices that reflect current research, best practice and advice

from relevant health authorities

 Safe and hygienic storage, handling, preparation and serving of all food and

drinks consumed by children, including foods brought from home

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 167

Educators and staff can support this by implementing:

 The service’s health and hygiene policy and procedures consistently

 Actively supporting children to learn hygiene practices (including hand

washing, coughing, dental hygiene and ear care)

 Appropriate hygiene practices in relation to hand washing, toileting, nappy

changing and cleaning of equipment

 Clean toileting and nappy-changing facilities

 Fresh linen and sheeting for each child using cots or mattresses.

 Maintenance of a regular regime of washing children’s toys and equipment.

The outcome of ensuring this occurs is the learning outcome for children under the

EYLF:

Outcome 3: Children have a strong sense of wellbeing - Children take

increasing responsibility for their own health and physical wellbeing

This will become evident, for example, when children:

• recognise and communicate their bodily needs (for example, thirst, hunger,

rest, comfort, physical activity)

• are happy, healthy, safe and connected to others

• engage in increasingly complex sensory motor skills and movement patterns

• combine gross and fine motor movement and balance to achieve

increasingly complex patterns of activity including dance, creative

movement and drama

• use their sensory capabilities and dispositions with increasing integration,

skill and purpose to explore and respond to their world

• demonstrate spatial awareness and orient themselves, moving around and

through their environments confidently and safely

• manipulate equipment and manage tools with increasing competence and

skill

• respond through movement to traditional and contemporary music, dance

and storytelling

• show an increasing awareness of healthy lifestyles and good nutrition

• show increasing independence and competence in personal hygiene, care

and safety for themselves and others

• show enthusiasm for participating in physical play and negotiate play spaces

to ensure the safety and wellbeing of themselves and others

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 168 © Compliant Learning Resources

Educators can promote this learning, for example, when they:

 actively support children to learn hygiene practices

 promote continuity of children’s personal health and hygiene by sharing

ownership of routines and schedules with children, families and the

community

 discuss health and safety issues with children and involve them in

developing guidelines to keep the environment safe for all

 engage children in experiences, conversations and routines that promote

healthy lifestyles and good nutrition

 model and reinforce health, nutrition and personal hygiene practices with

children

 provide a range of active and restful experiences throughout the day and

support children to make appropriate decisions regarding participation

Source: Guide to the EYLF, pg. 31

4.2. Ensure That the Service Accesses Information On Current Hygiene

Practices

Current and up-to-date information can be gathered from local councils, health

organisations and many websites on hygiene.

Some of the things that you should be researching under hygiene practices are:

 Ensure hygiene practices reflect current research, best practice and advice

from relevant health authorities

 Implement the service's health and hygiene policy and procedures

consistently

 Actively support children to learn hygiene practices (including hand

washing, coughing, sneezing, dental hygiene and ear care)

 How to model appropriate and

current hygiene practices in

relation to hand washing,

toileting, nappy changing and

cleaning of equipment

 Provide clean toileting and

nappy-changing facilities

 Display correct hand-washing

procedures in relevant areas of

the service, such as bathrooms, nappy change areas and food preparation

areas

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 169

Where Can You Get Up to Date Resources?

Public Health Units in Australia

Work Health and Safety Authorities

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 170 © Compliant Learning Resources

Food Authorities

Additional Resources for Current Hygiene Practices:

 Australian Government: Department of Health http://health.gov.au/

• National Health Medical Research Council: http://www.nhmrc.gov.au

• Kids Matter: https://www.kidsmatter.edu.au

• Immunisation: http://www.immunise.health.gov.au/

• Work Health and Safety – WorkSafe: http://www.safeworkaustralia.gov.au

• Food Standards Australia New Zealand (FSANZ):

http://www.foodstandards.gov.au/Pages/default.aspx

• Reducing the Risk of Infectious Diseases in Child Care Workplaces -

Work Safe Western Australia

• Hygiene in child care - an NCAC Factsheet for Families

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 171

• National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC)

o Staying Healthy: Preventing infectious diseases in early childhood

education and care services (5th Edition) (PDF, 2.6MB)

o The chain of infection - Poster (PDF, 211KB)

o Changing a nappy without spreading germs - Poster (PDF, 847KB)

o How to use alcohol-based hand rub - Poster (PDF, 552KB)

o How to wash hands - Poster (PDF, 771KB)

o Recommended minimum exclusion periods - Poster (856KB)

o The role of hands in the spread of infection - Poster (PDF, 325KB)

o Exclusion periods explained - Information for families (PDF, 1MB)

o Breaking the chain of infection - Information for families (PDF,

1.3MB)

o What causes infections - Information for families (PDF, 917KB)

o Part 5 Fact Sheet - Croup (PDF, 73KB)

o Part 5 Fact Sheet - Warts (PDF, 57KB)

4.3. Advice from Relevant Health Authorities

When following the centre’s health and safety policies and procedures, it is also

important that you are meeting the requirements, recommendations and relevant

advice from health authorities.

4.4. Support Children to Learn Personal Hygiene Practices

Learning hygiene practices appropriate to their age and abilities should always be

supported in the centre, we can help them do this by:

 showing or explaining what to do in a clear manner

 making it easy for them (providing the right equipment)

 using encouragement, reminders and praise

 model the good hygiene practice

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 172 © Compliant Learning Resources

As children learn through play, it is also a good learning tool for teaching and

reinforcing positive hygiene practices. A fun way to encourage children to wash

their hands includes singing songs while hand washing.

Hand Washing Songs

Sung to the tune of "Row, row, row your boat"

Wash, wash, wash your hands,

Play our handy game.

Rub and scrub, scrub and rub,

Germs go down the drain.

Sung to tune of “Twinkle,Twinkle”

Twinkle, twinkle little star

See how clean my two hands are

Soap and water wash and scrub

Get those germs off rub a dub

Twinkle, twinkle little star

See how clean my two hands are.

4.5. Reporting and Documenting Illness

It is essential to document the child’s illness using an Incident, Injury, Trauma and

Illness Record. This form needs to be signed by the parent on collection.

The report needs to include:

 child’s name, date and time,

 signs and symptoms,

 treatment, and

 signature for educator

Each centre will have their own procedures and forms for reporting illness. Please

click on the following link to view Sparkling Stars Incident, Injury, Trauma and

Illness Record.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 173

Strategies to Respond to Child’s Illness

Common Illness/

Symptoms Signs Treatment and Care of Child

High Temperature Temperature greater

than 37.5 degrees C

(oral/-mouth) or 37

degrees C (axillary-

armpit)

 Inform the qualified educator.

 Ensure you follow strict hygiene

procedures ( gloves and hand washing)

 Sit child away from other children in a

quiet place.

 limiting the number of educators dealing

with the child to prevent cross infection

 Stay with child and comfort

 Provide water to the child

 Remove excess clothing

 Parents to be called to collect the child.

 Paracetamol; can be given only with

permission from the parents.

 Encouraged parents to seek further

medical advice.

 Ensure all toys and equipment the child

has had contact with are cleaned.

Diarrhoea and

vomiting

Diarrhoea and/or

vomiting

 Inform the qualified educator.

 Ensure you follow strict hygiene

procedures ( gloves and hand washing)

 Sit/ lay child away from other children in

a quiet place.

 limiting the number of educators dealing

with the child to prevent cross infection

 Stay with child and comfort

 Provide water to the child

 Ensure child has clean clothing on

 Provide child with a container to vomit in

(if needed)

 Parents to be called to collect the child

 Encourage parents to seek further

medical advice.

 Ensure all toys and equipment the child

has had contact with are cleaned.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 174 © Compliant Learning Resources

Conjunctivitis  Discharge from

the eye (thick and

coloured white,

yellow or green.)

 Redness of the

eye,

 Sore and

itchiness of the

eye,

 Swollen eyelids,

 Eye sensitive to

bright light.

 Inform the qualified educator.

 Ensure you follow strict hygiene

procedures ( gloves and hand washing)

 Clean eye (Wipe the closed eye gently

but firmly to remove the excess

discharge. use a separate cotton wool

ball or tissue for each eye to avoid

cross-infection and use warm water.

 Sit child away from other children in a

quiet place.

 limiting the number of educators dealing

with the child to prevent cross infection

 Stay with child and comfort

 Parents to be called to collect the child

 Encourage parents to seek further

medical advice.

 Ensure all toys and equipment the child

has had contact with are cleaned.

Skin Rashes –

measles, mumps,

chicken pox etc.

Skin can look :

 small, red, pin-

heads bumps

 fine and lacy

markings

 large red blotches

 solid red area all

joined together

 blisters

NOTE: Rashes often

have other symptoms

such as high

temperature and

lethargic. All of these

symptoms are signs

of their individual

illness/ infection.

 Inform the qualified educator.

 Ensure you follow strict hygiene

procedures ( gloves and hand washing)

 Sit/ lay child away from other children in

a quiet place.

 limiting the number of educators dealing

with the child to prevent cross infection

 Stay with child and comfort

 Treat other symptoms such as

temperature.

 Parents to be called to collect the child

 Encourage parents to seek further

medical advice.

 Ensure all toys and equipment the child

has had contact with are cleaned

Source: NHMRC - Staying Healthy in Child Care: Preventing infectious diseases in child care,

Fourth Edition

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 175

5. Controlling and Preventing Cross Infection in Child Care

There are steps that can be taken in child care centre to reduce the risk of transferring

infectious diseases. These include:

 Encourage immunisation for staff members and children ( not compulsory

though children that are not immunised the child will be excluded from the

centre in case of outbreak) ;

 Establish policies to outline centre hygiene procedures and exclusion of sick

people;

 Provide adequate facilities for hand washing, cleaning and disposing of waste;

 Establish proper procedures for infection control, especially for:

o Good personal hygiene including washing hands properly;

o Safe and hygienic practices for high-risk activities such as dealing with

blood and body fluids, nappy changing and toileting, handling dirty linen

and contaminated clothing and preparing and handling food;

o Good management of toys, play clothing and play equipment (such as

sand pits and wading pools); and

o General cleaning of the childcare workplace;

 Provide staff members, children and visitors with information on infection

control policies and procedures (e.g. posters displayed showing correct hand

washing procedure etc.)

 Provide adequate supplies of protective equipment such as disposable gloves.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 176 © Compliant Learning Resources

5.1. Configure Groupings of Children to Minimise the Risk of Illness

and Injuries

Configuring groupings of children to minimise the risk of illness

Whenever children are together, there is a chance of spreading infections. This is

especially true for infants and toddlers who are likely to use their hands to wipe

their noses or rub their eyes and then handle toys or touch other children. These

children then touch their noses and rub their eyes, so the virus goes from the nose

or eyes of one child by way of hands or toys to the next child who then rubs his own

eyes or nose.

To reduce the risk of becoming sick with the flu, child care providers and all the

children being cared for must receive all recommended immunisations, including

flu vaccines. The single best way to protect against the flu is to get vaccinated each

year. This critically important approach puts the health and safety of everyone in

the child care setting first. The flu vaccine is recommended for everyone 6 months

of age and older, including childcare staff.

Your centre may even establish a policy that any child with respiratory symptoms

(a cough, runny nose, or a sore throat) AND fever should be excluded from the

child care program. The child can return after the fever has resolved (without the

use of fever-reducing medicine), the child is able to participate in normal activities,

and staff can care for the child without compromising their ability to care for the

other children in the group.

In many Early Education and Care centres, staff cannot care for sick children and

in most cases are not trained to. Some centres may ensure the child is kept

comfortable in a separate area, so a cold, a cough, or even diarrhoea doesn’t spread

throughout the facility. In these programs, the staff member would be trained to

care for ill children, often in a “get-well room” where they won’t pass the disease to

others. There may also be a place to lie down while remaining within sight of a staff

member if a child needs to rest.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 177

Configuring groupings of children to minimise the risk of injuries

When configuring groupings of children to minimise the risk of injuries, it is

important that staff in the centre take into account the physical attributes of the

child such as the children’s height, strength and physical abilities, as these are key

factors when selecting tricycles, mounting hooks in cubbies or deciding to purchase

chairs with or without sides.

Similarly, the size and weight of equipment such as balls, boxes and toys should

ensure safe lifting, carrying or stacking. When working with very young children,

avoid small objects which could be easily swallowed or put in their ears or nostrils.

It is also important that staff in the centre take into account these physical

attributes when children are playing together as this can sometimes lead to

accidents. Some of the children may be bigger than the other children they are

playing with and may cause injuries whilst running around and playing.

5.2. Maintain Written Procedures and Schedules to Ensure a Regular

Regime of Washing Children’s Toys and Equipment

It is important that the centre maintain both written policy and procedures to

ensure toys and equipment are safe, and that possible risks to a child’s health

through the spread of infection and germs has been minimised through conducting

regular risk analysis, safety audits and following cleaning schedules, detailing when

and how the toys and equipment should be washed, checked, maintained and

provided to children.

Cleaning Toys, Clothing Furniture and Equipment

Preferably buy washable toys if practicable and

ensure toy cleanliness, wash mouthed toys daily using

warm water and soap, and dry in the sun, rotate toys

to allow for washing and use individual toy bags for

babies, clean books by wiping with moist cloth and

drying, clean toy storage areas weekly.

Whenever you are cleaning toys and equipment check

for broken or damaged pieces, consider the risks of

having faulty toys and equipment available to

children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 178 © Compliant Learning Resources

Washing toys is a very important part of reducing the spread of infection and

germs. Toys especially those in rooms with younger children, or used outside need

to be washed every day. Warm water, detergent and soap are the best advice to

remove the spread of germs. If your centre has a dishwasher, then you could also

use that. An alternative method is to place the toys in a string bag, and them soak

in detergent; afterwards, you can hose the toys off and leave them hung up in the

bag to dry off outside.

A simple strategy you could establish is to start a "Toy Wash Box" and as you see

the toys that are discarded during the day; or especially if a child sneezes on it (or

is unwell) remove the toy and place it in the “Toy Wash Box” out of the reach of the

children.

A prime example would be to have two boxes in the nappy change area:

 A box of clean toys

 A box of to be washed toys

Then if a child needs a toy while they are having their nappy changed, give them

one from the clean toy box, and once the nappy has been changed; place the toy

immediately in the "to be washed box'.

Another strategy you could use is to provide colour coded sponges in each area, e.g.

Blue in the bathroom, Red in the kitchen, Yellow in the indoor play

area, Green in the outdoor area, and Orange in the Sleep area. Always

make sure to keep the cloths separate, wear gloves whenever cleaning and then

hanging the gloves out to dry when finished (turned inside out), always wash your

hands after you have finished any cleaning activities.

Your written procedures and schedules could follow a similar timeline as listed

below.

Daily washing schedules should include:

 Toys, any object put in mouth or sneezed on

 Bathroom, taps, toilet seat, handles and door knobs

 Surfaces such as bench tops, taps and cots and tables

 Mattress covers and linen

 Floors

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 179

Weekly washing schedule should include:

 Low shelves

 Doorknobs

 Any other surfaces not touched by children regularly.

Remember:

 Use good cleaning and washing techniques rather than just using

disinfectant

 Clean items before using bleach

 Store disinfectants and dilute disinfectant safely

5.3. Special Areas for Cleaning

Nappy Change Area

Clean the change area (both table and mat) thoroughly after each nappy change

with detergent and warm water. If the mat has faecal matter on it wash with

detergent and warm water, then wipe with bleach and leave to dry. At the end of

each morning and the end of each day remove the mat, wipe with bleach and leave

to dry, preferably outside.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 180 © Compliant Learning Resources

Clothing

Staff clothing or over-clothing should be washed in hot water. Over-clothes, such

as aprons or gowns with button upfronts, are great PPE to be worn by staff as these

can be removed at the end of the day when spoilt and washed ready for the next

day. This strategy helps to protect the early childhood education and care worker's

family when they return home. Over clothes should be worn over clothing that

cannot be washed daily; such as jumpers.

Children’s dress up clothes should be washed on a regular basis.

Linen

Wash linen in hot water. Do not carry used linen against your own clothing or

coverall. Instead it should be transferred to a basket (preferably on wheels). Treat

soiled linen as you would a soiled cloth nappy. It can be advisable for the centre to

have an external contractor collect the linen and take them away to be washed.

Sandpits

Sandpits can be a source of infection and health risks and will need to be kept well

maintained and clean. Sand can often become contaminated with faeces and urine,

usually from animals and insects, although sometimes from the children. Any sand

that has become contaminated by faeces, blood or urine should be removed using

a shovel and plastic bags and disposed of appropriately.

Toys

Use washable toys that will not get damaged if washed at the centre. Follow the

cleaning routines described above to wash and maintain them.

Dummies

Dummies must never be shared by children, when not in use they should be stored

in individual plastic containers and have the child's name clearly marked on the

container. Make sure they do not come in contact with another dummy.

Toothbrushes

Toothbrushes must never be shared by children, when not in use they should be

stored out of reach and make sure they do not come in contact with one another.

The bristles should be exposed to the air, to let them dry as a bacterium will grow

on them if they are wet or damp. Do not let one toothbrush drip onto another as

this may spread germs.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 181

Cots

If a child spoils a crib or cot you should follow the procedure below:

 Put on gloves

 Clean the child

 Wash the child's hands

 Clean the cot

 Remove bulk of soiling/spill with absorbent paper towels

 Remove any visible soiling by cleaning thoroughly with detergent and water

 Provide clean linen

 Place soiled linen in a lined, sealable laundry bag

 Remove gloves and dispose of correctly

 Wash your hands

5.4. Provide Families With Information and Support That Helps Them

to Follow the Service’s Hygiene Procedures

Good hygiene in childcare services is essential for reducing the risk of cross-

infection and helps children to develop hygiene habits that they will use throughout

their lives.

Families should be aware of the standards of hygiene used by early childhood

education and care staff that minimise the spread of infection. Families can assist

services to maintain a hygienic environment by practising good hygiene with their

own children at home. Current and up-to-date Hygiene and Health Information

sheets on the hygiene standards carried out at the centre can be provided to the

parents.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 182 © Compliant Learning Resources

How is Children’s Hygiene Encouraged?

Early childhood education and care staff can reduce the spread of infection by

encouraging children to follow simple hygiene rules. Using scaffolding to enable

children’s self-help skills can also be promoted by supporting them to develop

hygienic habits and routines. Hygiene can be reinforced at the service through the

centre’s program, experiences and activities, as well as through the use of daily

routines such as mealtimes, nappy changing and toileting.

Early childhood education and care staff can further support children’s hygiene by

role modelling hygienic practices such as thoroughly washing and drying hands,

and using serving utensils or disposable gloves to handle food. By setting hygiene

rules with children and providing positive feedback and support, child care

professionals can help children to develop personal hygiene skills.

What Can Families Do to Support Service Hygiene?

Families can greatly assist their Early Education and Care service by following the

same simple hygiene procedures when they are at the service and ensuring children

practice these hygiene strategies at home.

One of the best ways to stop the illness from spreading is through thorough hand

washing and drying. By washing hands with their child upon arrival and departure

from the service, families can assist to minimise infections that are brought into

and leave the service.

Thorough hand washing and drying at home will reinforce good hygiene habits

with children and minimise cross infections.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 183

Other helpful hygiene practices that families can include are:

 Reminding your child about when they should wash their hands: For

example, before eating, after toileting and after touching animals

 Providing your child with a supply of spare clothes from home in case of

toileting accidents and food and liquid spills

 Keeping your child at home when they are ill until they are no longer

contagious and are well enough to return to care

5.5. Source Information About Recognised Health and Safety

Guidelines

There is a large range of health and safety guidelines for the child care centres

available. It is extremely important that you are aware of not only what they are

but where you can go to locate them.

Copies of the guidelines that are relevant to your centre should be kept on location

in the administration or managers office, and available for all staff to access at any

time.

Alternatively, access to health and safety guidelines can also be obtained through

Health and Safety organisations or via the internet.

These guidelines should always be used as a source of best practice when

reviewing risk controls that you have in place and for assessing any residual risk

of these controls.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 184 © Compliant Learning Resources

Health and Safety Guidelines

Staying Healthy: Preventing infectious diseases in early

childhood education and care services 5th Edition, 2012

Covers:

 Concepts in infection control

 Main ways to prevent infection

 Monitoring illness in children

 Procedures in Child Care

 Issues for employers, educators and other staff

http://www.nhmrc.gov.au/_files_nhmrc/publications/attachme

nts/ch55_staying_healthy_childcare_5th_edition_0.pdf

Family Day Care Safety Guidelines, Aug 2012

Risk & Safety Requirements

 National Safety Guidelines developed by Child Accident

Prevention Foundation of Australia (CAPFA, trading as

Kidsafe) which aim to prevent unintentional child injury in

home-based education and care services, e.g. family day

care

Note: This resource is an extremely valuable resource for

checking environmental safety

http://www.kidsafesa.com.au/__files/f/11828/Kidsafe_Family_

Day_Care_Safety_Guidelines_2014.pdf

Health & Safety in Children’s Centres: Model Policies &

Practices (rev. 2nd ed)

http://eduserve.com/sites/default/files/iccc_resources/Child_C

are_Model_Policies.pdf

ASCIA guidelines for prevention of anaphylaxis in

schools, pre-schools and childcare: 2012 update

The Australasian Society of Clinical Immunology and Allergy

has developed Guidelines for Prevention of Anaphylaxis in

Schools, Pre-schools and Childcare to assist school, pre-

school and childcare staff in the appropriate implementation

of risk-minimisation strategies.

http://www.allergy.org.au/images/stories/pospapers/ASCIA_g

uidelines_anaphylaxis_2012.pdf

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 185

Australian Dietary Guidelines (2013)

http://www.nhmrc.gov.au/guidelines/publications/n55

Infant Feeding Guidelines: information for health workers

(2012)

http://www.nhmrc.gov.au/guidelines/publications/n56

Safe Infant Care to Reduce the Risk of Sudden

Unexpected Deaths in Infancy Policy Statement and

Guidelines

 Queensland Health has developed the Safe Infant Care to

Reduce the Risk of Sudden Unexpected Deaths in

Infancy Policy Statement and Guidelines to assist staff in

the promotion of safe infant care practices in order to

reduce the risk of sudden unexpected infant deaths and

fatal sleeping accidents.

http://compliantlearningresources.com.au/network/sparkling-

stars/files/2017/03/Safe-Infant-Sleeping-Policy-Statement-

and-Guidelines.pdf

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 186 © Compliant Learning Resources

5.6. Ensure That Service Procedures are Followed, In Relation to

Notifying Families of Illness or Injuries That Affect Children

While In Education and Care

Handling Infections and Illnesses

The centre’s policy should focus on trying to reduce the spread of infectious

diseases within the centre whilst keeping in mind the idea that too much

cleanliness is not necessarily a good thing as proposed by many experts studying

in the area of immunology.

The amount of time children spend in child care centres, or other facilities provides

increasing opportunities for infectious diseases to be spread.

It is not possible and to some extent, not entirely desirable, in terms of the

development of the child’s immune system, to prevent the spread of all infections

and illnesses within child care centres.

Each child and staff member must always be well enough to attend and participate

fully in activities. Children requiring one to one attention can be considered to need

home care.

Exclusion rules and policies should apply even if it has not been possible to provide

a specific diagnosis of the child's illness. For example:

Children should be excluded for a 24 hour exclusion period:

 after vomiting, diarrhoea or any bowel or stomach upset, this means the

child should be 24 hours clear of any symptoms of vomiting/diarrhoea

AFTER the reintroduction and tolerance of a full diet: i.e. full strength milk

or formula for babies; fruit, vegetables, bread, meat etc.… for toddlers/pre-

schoolers

 after a temperature increase, meaning that the temperature has stayed at

the 'NORMAL LEVEL' around 36 - 37c for 24 hours without paracetamol or

any other administered agent.

 after commencing a course of antibiotics or antifungals medication. This

gives time for the medication to begin to take effect and allows time to

observe any adverse reactions to the medication.

Rules for General Sickness

The centre has the right to exclude any child or staff member who has an illness

that may affect the health of others.

As a general principle, children should not be brought to the centre unless they are

able to cope adequately with the normal routines and activities.

They should also not be brought to the centre if they will expose others to

unnecessary infection.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 187

If a child does not have an infectious disease but exhibits any of the following signs

they should be excluded:

 sleeps at unusual times

 has a raised temperature that remains above 37.5c or continues to rise

 is crying constantly as a result of discomfort due to illness

 is reacting badly to medications

 is in need of constant one to one care

It is important that discussions occur with the parents as soon as possible in these

circumstances so that the child can be taken to a doctor for consultation.

It is essential that contagious diseases be reported to the Director as soon as

possible so that other parents can be notified.

Communicating Illness

Every centre should have a communications policy regarding notifying parents

about the illness or injuries of children while in education and care. The policy

should cover:

 Who contacts the parents,

 How contact will be made, and

 When will contact be made

Families will need to be contacted to ensure that they have a decision on what

action will be taken.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 188 © Compliant Learning Resources

Illness or Injury Best Practice Procedures

When a child becomes ill or injured during care, centres should:

•This should be done as soon as practically possible. Staff should request that they or a responsible person nominated by the family, pick up, take charge of the child and take to the child’s doctor

Notify the family

•Until the child’s family or nominated person arrives the child should be provided first aid (if appropriate) and kept in a relaxed, safe environment.

Keep the child under adult supervision

•If prior consent has not been provided by parents or legal guardian, make every attempt to secure consent from parents or legal guardian or gain consent form a registered medical practitioner. Legislative requirements should be followed at all times. See REG

If medication is required in an Emergency

•Administer the medication and record the details in accordance with regulations, ensure that a record of the illness, injury or accident is made using an Accident/Injury/Illness Reporting Form and that a copy is provided to the child’s family.

Ensure family is notified of any medication administered

•In the event of hospitalisation or death of a child the manager or authorised supervisor must be contacted in accordance with Regulation. The manager or authorised supervisor is required to ensure that the parent or guardian of the child, a police officer and the Director of Community Services are informed in accordance with Regulation. In the case of a death of a child, the centre manger should inform the police who will inform the parent or guardian. The relevant state WorkCover authority must also be contacted.

Notify the centre manager

•Any personal or health related information obtained by centre staff in relation to children, children’s parents and families must be treated with utmost confidentiality.

Ensure Confidentiality

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 189

Common Childhood Illnesses and Appropriate Responses

Common Illness in

Childhood

Method of

Transmission? What should your response be?

Whooping cough

(Pertussis)

Contact with airborne

droplets

Exclude child until five days after starting appropriate antibiotic treatment or for 21

days from the onset of coughing.

Contacts that live in the same house as the case and have received less than three

doses of pertussis vaccine are to be excluded from the centre until they have had

5 days of an appropriate course of antibiotics. If antibiotics have not been taken,

these contacts must be excluded for 21 days after their last exposure to the case

while the person was infectious.

Influenza Contact with airborne

droplets

Exclude until the child is well.

Rubella or measles Contact with airborne

droplets

Exclude until fully recovered or for at least 4 days after onset of rash.

Immunised and immune contacts are not excluded.

Non-immunised contacts of a case are to be excluded from child care until 14 days

after the first day of appearance of rash in the last case unless immunised within

72 hours of the first contact during the infectious period with the first case.

All immunocompromised children should be excluded until 14 days after the first

day of appearance of rash in the last case.

Hepatitis A Faecal-oral

contamination

Exclude until a medical certificate of recovery is received, but not before seven

days after the onset of jaundice.

Worms Faecal-oral

contamination

Exclusion not necessary if treatment has occurred

Viral gastroenteritis Faecal-oral

contamination

Exclude until diarrhoea has ceased for at least 24 hours. If child develops lactose

intolerance and ongoing loose bowels a doctor’s certificate is required.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 190 © Compliant Learning Resources

Chicken Pox Secretions come into

contact with mucous

membranes, broken skin

Exclude until all blisters have dried. This is usually at least 5 days after the rash

first appeared in unimmunised children and less in immunised children.

Any child with an immune deficiency (for example, leukaemia) or receiving

chemotherapy should be excluded for their own protection. Otherwise, not

excluded.

Cold Sores (herpes

simplex)

Secretions come into

contact with mucous

membranes, broken skin

Exclusion is not necessary if the person is developmentally capable of maintaining

hygiene practices to minimise the risk of transmission. If the person is unable to

comply with these practices they should be excluded until the sores are dry. Sores

should be covered by a dressing where possible.

Ringworm Secretions come into

contact with mucous

membranes, broken skin

Re-admit the day after appropriate treatment has commenced.

Glandular fever

(Mononucleosis)

Direct contact with

saliva

Exclusion is NOT necessary

Cytomegalovirus (CMV) From urine

contaminated surfaces

Exclusion is NOT necessary

Hepatitis B Blood from an infected

person comes into direct

contact through broken

or abraded skin or with

the mucous membranes

of another person.

Exclusion is NOT necessary

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 191

Hepatitis C Blood from an infected

person comes into direct

contact through broken

or abraded skin or with

the mucous membranes

of another person.

Exclusion is NOT necessary

HIV Blood from an infected

person comes into direct

contact through broken

or abraded skin or with

the mucous membranes

of another person.

Exclusion is NOT necessary. If the person is severely immunocompromised, they

will be vulnerable to other people’s illnesses.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 192 © Compliant Learning Resources

5.7. Advise Families and Public Health Authorities Where Necessary of

Cases of Infectious Diseases At the Service and Provide Them With

Relevant Information

A long history of major public health problems in both Australia and the rest of the

world has created the need for public health legislation to contain the spread of

communicable diseases. Even though death and illness from communicable

diseases were significantly reduced in the 20th century, particularly vaccine-

preventable diseases such as measles, mumps, rubella, tetanus, influenza, polio,

etc. Other diseases, such as food and water-borne diseases and sexually

transmitted infections, continue to pose problems.

When we are rejoicing with advances in the treatments of many illnesses and

diseases, the World Health Organisation has released a global warning on the

spread of Ebola and the possibility of a pandemic (a worldwide epidemic).

The Guide to the NQS states in Element 2.1.2 that “Effective illness and injury

management and hygiene practices are promoted and implemented.”

It outlines how an Early Education and Care service should use guidelines in

dealing with infectious diseases, and address child and staff immunisation,

including exclusion periods. It further states that the service’s guidelines for the

exclusion of ill children and educators should be consistently implemented.

Early Childhood Education and Care centres are required to inform the

local public health unit of the following notifiable conditions:

 Diarrhoea (if several children in one group are ill);

 Haemophilus influenzae type B (Hib);

 Hepatitis A;

 Hepatitis B (recent illness only);

 Measles;

 Meningococcal infection;

 Parvovirus B19 (if 2 or more cases);

 Pertussis;

 Roseola (if two or more children in one group are ill);

 Scarlet fever; and

 Tuberculosis (TB).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 193

Some conditions require urgent notification to enable prompt public health action,

and immediate phone contact with the Public Health Unit is required. For example,

in the case of invasive meningococcal disease, public health units will undertake

contact tracing and provide clearance antibiotics for eligible contacts.

What should centre staff do when a notifiable disease is recognised in

their setting?

Under the public health legislation, staff should exclude from care or work any

suspected persons, and the local Public Health Unit should be notified and

provided with any details of any known or suspected persons (children or staff)

with any of the notifiable diseases.

Staff should report to and seek advice from the local Public Health Unit if two or

more persons (children or staff) have gastroenteritis.

Staff will need to seek advice from the Local Public Health Unit if any person has a

serious illness such as meningitis, food poisoning, gastroenteritis, streptococcal

infection, tuberculosis, hepatitis A or disease as listed by the recommended

notifiable diseases.

In the case of a person presenting symptoms of a notifiable disease:

 Isolate Child: the child should be isolated from other children providing

the sick child, and all other children can be adequately supervised.

OR

 Isolate Staff member: Isolate the affected staff member from other

children and staff and ensure they are replaced to ensure the appropriate

supervision of children.

 Notify Parents/Carer or Family: It is extremely important that the

family of the affected person are notified as soon as practically possible, and

request that they or a responsible person nominated by the parent or

guardian, pick up and take charge of the child/staff member and take them

to the doctor.

 Assess the person: Assess the child/staff member for any need for first

aid or emergency treatment, make them comfortable and reassure them.

Keep the child under adult supervision until the child’s family or some other

responsible person who has consent takes charge of the child except as

required by law under the legislation. Check the details in your local

state/territory Public Health Act.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 194 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Inform other families: Inform all other families of children at the centre

as soon as possible, of the presence of the infectious disease in

o a child in your care,

o a centre staff member or

o a person working or visiting the centre.

o In providing such information, ensure confidentiality of any personal

identifying or health information of any person or child with an

infectious disease.

 Contact Public Health: When a confirmed outbreak of an infectious

disease has occurred, discuss the situation with the local Public Health Unit,

and request the Public Health Unit to provide written advice and

information about identification, prevention and management of possible

infection or serious illness.

By informing the public health unit, the centre benefits because public

health staff may be able to help:

 Identify the cause of the illness

 Explain the consequences to children and staff of an infection

 Trace the source of the infection (for example, contaminated food)

 Advise on appropriate control measures (for example, vaccines,

antibiotics, exclusion, education, infection control practices)

Public health staff can provide valuable advice and support and have access to

resources that may be necessary to manage outbreaks.

 Sanitise the Centre: Ensure all bedding, towels, clothing, toys,

equipment and utensils used by the child or staff member are washed and

dried in the sun, or present the child’s clothes to the family to wash.

 Remain Vigilant: Be vigilant (monitor and observe) for the same disease

occurring in any other child or person that has been in contact with the

child (most incubation periods for common infectious diseases are around

1 to 2 weeks).

 Ensure confidentiality: Ensure confidentiality of any personal or

health-related information obtained by children’s centre staff in relation to

any children, children’s parents and families.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 195

Note: Be aware that infection with HIV, AIDS, Hepatitis B, or Hepatitis C are

not grounds for exclusion (unless the person is acutely infectious or has a

secondary infectious infection). If a children’s centre staff or other staff

member is informed that a child or any person associated with the centre has

HIV, AIDS, Hepatitis B, or Hepatitis C, this information must remain

confidential unless the person or parent has given explicit consent to inform

others.

Administering Medication

If medication is required in an emergency without the prior consent of the child’s

parent or legal guardian, make every attempt to secure consent from a parent or

legal guardian or consent from a registered medical practitioner.

Administer medication and record the administration in accordance with the

Regulation, ensure that a record of the illness, injury or accident is made in an

Incident, Injury, Trauma or Illness Record and that a copy is given to the child’s

family.

Hospitalisation or Death of a Child

In line with Regulations 12, in case of a serious illness where a child required or

ought to have required hospitalisation, the approved provider must notify the

regulatory authority within 24 hours of the incident. Only those that require

immediate medical attention should be reported to the regulatory authority. In the

event of a death of a child in the service, the approved provider must also notify the

regulatory authority as soon as practicable, but within 24 hours of the incident.

Reporting can be done by using the National Quality Agenda IT System (NQA IT),

an online tool that assists in easy communication with the regulatory authorities

without heaps of paperwork.

Ensure current records of children’s immunisation status are up-to-date and a

procedure is in place to maintain the currency

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 196 © Compliant Learning Resources

What is Immunisation?

Immunisation protects people against harmful infections before they come into

contact with them in the community. Immunisation uses the body’s natural

defence mechanism - the immune response - to build resistance to specific

infections. Immunisation helps people stay healthy by preventing serious

infections.

Immunisation means both are receiving a vaccine and becoming immune to a

disease, as a result of being vaccinated.

All forms of immunisation work in the same way.

When a person is vaccinated, their body produces an immune response in the same

way their body would after exposure to a disease, but without the person suffering

symptoms of the disease. When a person comes in contact with that disease in the

future, their immune system will respond fast enough to prevent the person

developing the disease.

All vaccines currently available in Australia must pass stringent safety testing

before being approved for use by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA).

This testing is required by law and is usually done over many years during the

vaccine’s development.

Why immunisation is so important

Immunisation is a simple, safe and effective way of protecting both the children

you love and yourself against certain diseases that can cause serious illness and

sometimes death. If a child is protected through immunisation, they will not

develop symptoms of the disease and therefore won’t be able to pass the infection

on to other people – especially:

 Very young babies who haven’t been fully immunised yet

 People aged 65 years and over

 Pregnant women

 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people aged 15 years and over

 Anyone aged 6 months and over who has a chronic condition placing them

at increased risk of complications from influenza

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 197

Some immunisations, including rubella immunisation, can help protect unborn

babies.

 Young children and babies are more prone to illness as their immunity has

not developed fully.

 Children are often less likely to practise good hygiene (for example washing

their hands, covering their mouth when they cough and using tissues) and

more likely to expose you to their bodily fluids!

 Some infectious diseases can be very serious. For example, whooping cough

(also called pertussis) can be deadly for young babies, but will often be a

mild illness in adults.

 Many infectious diseases, such as measles, are highly infectious several days

before any symptoms appear.

Recommended Immunisations for Children

The National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) recommend that

Australian babies and children are immunised against the following diseases:

 Chickenpox

 Diphtheria

 Haemophilus influenza type

b (Hib)

 Hepatitis b

 Measles

 Meningococcal c

 Mumps

 Pneumococcal infection

 Poliomyelitis

 Rotavirus (for babies under

six months)

 Rubella

 Tetanus

 Whooping cough

Recommendations

It’s also recommended that older children and some adults are immunised against

meningococcal C, pneumococcal infections, hepatitis A and influenza. Although all

Australians can be immunised against these diseases, the vaccines are free only for

some high-risk groups.

When enrolling a child in your child care centre, you must ask the question about

immunisation to ensure children have had their immunisations and when they are

updated families should advise you of the date. Keeping the centre records up to

date for each child will ensure you have the knowledge of every child’s

immunisation status.

Staff Immunisations

Child care staff may also be exposed to diseases that are preventable by

immunisation including hepatitis A, measles, mumps, rubella, varicella and

pertussis. Staff that have not previously been infected with or immunised against

these diseases are at risk of infection. All of these diseases can cause serious illness

in adults. Some of these diseases, such as rubella and chickenpox, can cause serious

damage to an unborn baby if a woman is infected during her pregnancy. Child care

staff will normally be at minimal risk of hepatitis B. If advice on risk is needed, ask

the local public health unit.

Which staff members should consider immunisations?

People working closely with children, including:

 Childcare and preschool staff

 School staff (including teachers, school nurses, out-of-school carers, welfare

coordinators)

 Youth and children's service workers (including child protection workers)

 Health and allied health workers

 Correctional staff working where children cohabitate with mothers

 Health and allied health workers

 Vocational students on placement

Source: Why immunisation is important

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 199

Employers have an obligation to prevent or minimise the risk to childcare staff

from exposure to diseases that are preventable by vaccination. Immunisation of

staff is one effective way to manage the risk in childcare settings, as these diseases

are usually infectious before the onset of symptoms.

The National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) recommend that

childcare staff should be immunised against:

 Hepatitis A

 Measles-Mumps-Rubella (MMR). Childcare staff born during or since 1966

who do not have vaccination records of two doses of MMR, or do not have

antibodies for rubella, require vaccination

 Varicella, if they have not previously been infected with chickenpox

 Pertussis. An adult booster dose is especially important for those staff caring

for the youngest children who are not fully vaccinated

 Although the risk is low, staff who care for children with intellectual

disabilities should seek advice about hepatitis B immunisation if the

children are unimmunised

Children’s Immunisation Status

Early childhood education and care services staff can be exposed to infectious

diseases through contact with infectious children and their blood and body

substances.

Recommended vaccinations for non-immune staff who work with young children

include:

 hepatitis A

 measles-mumps-rubella (MMR) (persons born during or since 1966 who

have only received one dose of the MMR vaccine should have a second dose)

 chickenpox (if not previously infected)

 pertussis (whooping cough) (an adult booster dose)

 influenza (annual vaccination).

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 200 © Compliant Learning Resources

Changes to Legislation

In an effort to improve childhood immunisation rates, many state governments

have amended their Public Health Act legislation, meaning that early childhood

education and care services cannot enrol a child unless the parent/guardian has

provided documentation that shows the child:

 is fully vaccinated for their age, or;

 has a medical reason not to be vaccinated, or;

 has a parent/guardian who has a conscientious objection to vaccination or;

 is on a recognised catch-up schedule if

their child has fallen behind on their

vaccinations.

 The child’s immunisation status must be

recorded upon their initial enrolment in

the service and at each immunisation

milestone (2, 4, 6, 12 & 18 months and

3½ - 4 years).

In the event of an outbreak of a vaccine-preventable disease,

unimmunised children may be required to stay at home for the

duration of the outbreak.

Immunisation and Parent Eligibility for Some Government Benefits

A number of government family assistance payments require children to meet the

immunisation requirements. Some Government benefits are available to parents

of children who meet certain immunisation requirements, that is, they are up to

date with immunisation or have an appropriate exemption (benefits can be

received without a child being fully immunised).

For more information, parents can visit

www.humanservices.gov.au/individuals/enablers/immunisation-requirements

or visit a Centrelink or Medicare Service Centre.

The Australian Childhood Immunisation Register

An Australian, State and Territory Government initiative, the Immunise Australia

Program aims to increase national immunisation rates for vaccine-preventable

diseases. The Immunise Australia Program implements the National

Immunisation Program (NIP) Schedule which currently includes vaccines against

a total of 16 diseases.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 201

Access to the Australian Childhood Immunisation Register (ACIR)

After registering, parents/guardians can log onto the Medicare online services

website and print a copy of the ACIR Immunisation History Statement or relevant

form that needs to be completed by their doctor/immunisation nurse.

The ACIR Immunisation History Statement is issued to parents after their child’s

18 months and 3½ - 4-year-old milestone vaccinations automatically but can be

requested at any time.

The statement will show the words ‘up to date’ next to Immunisation status in the

top section of the form as highlighted in the example below:

Source: NSW Health Immunisation Enrolment Toolkit

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 202 © Compliant Learning Resources

Upon enrolment ask the parents if you can take a copy of this statement to add to

your enrolment records and update your Immunisation register.

Where a child is not up to date with their scheduled vaccinations the words ‘not up

to date’ will be shown as highlighted in the example below:

Source: NSW Health Immunisation Enrolment Toolkit

Online versions of the ACIR Immunisation History Statements were shown in the

previous examples.

A mailed version is shown below:

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 203

Early Childhood Education and Care Immunisation Schedule register

Under Element 2.1.2 of the NQS, centres must keep current records of the status of each child’s immunisations, including a written

process for obtaining information from families about their children’s current immunisation status. These records will be viewed by

NQS auditors as part of the Quality Improvement process.

The schedule above is an example taken from the NSW Immunisation register template available at

www.health.nsw.gov.au/immunisation/Documents/immunisation-reg-template.xls

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 204 © Compliant Learning Resources

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 205

5.8. Provide Information to Families and Educators About Child and

Adult Immunisation Recommendations

Centre Policies on Immunisation

Every centre should have the following:

 A staff immunisation policy should be developed stating the

immunisation requirements for childcare staff at the centre

 A staff immunisation record should document previous infection or

immunisation for any relevant diseases (as listed above).

 Requirements for all new and current staff to complete the staff

immunisation record

 Regularly update staff immunisation records as staff become vaccinated

 Current up-to-date information for staff about diseases that are preventable

by immunisation, this could be presented through in-service training or

written material such as fact sheets and newsletters

 Strategies in place to ensure that all reasonable steps are taken to encourage

non-immune staff to be vaccinated

* Childcare workers born during or since 1966 who do not have vaccination records

of two doses of MMR, or do not have antibodies for rubella, require vaccination.

Staying up-to-date with immunisations is the most effective way you can protect

yourself and the children and babies you work with from vaccine-preventable

diseases.

This means that services should be able to provide the latest recommendations on

immunisations to parents and families upon request. It is this information

available as part of your enrolment pack.

Quality Area 2 Each child’s health and physical activity is supported and

promoted.

One of the key factors related to meeting the requirements in Quality Area 2 are that centres promote children’s health, safety and wellbeing in services including encouraging and supporting childhood immunisation.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 206 © Compliant Learning Resources

How can you keep up to date with current information about child and

adult immunisation? (and keep your children’s parents up to date at

the same time)

The Immunise Australia Program aims to increase national immunisation

rates by funding free vaccination programs, administering the Australian

Childhood Immunisation Register and communicating information about

immunisation to the general public and health professionals.

https://www.australia.gov.au/information-and-services/health/childrens-health-and-

immunisation

http://www.immunise.health.gov.au/

The Understanding Childhood Immunisation (UCI) booklet is an easy to

understand resource aimed at informing parents and guardians on what

immunisation is, why they should vaccinate their child/ren against vaccine-

preventable diseases, vaccines their child/ren will receive under the National

Immunisation Program and addresses frequently asked questions.

There are two versions of the Understanding Childhood Immunisation (UCI)

booklet:

 detailed booklet on 'Understanding Childhood Immunisation'; and

 the handy quick reference booklet, 'Your Guide to Understanding Childhood

Immunisation'.

National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC)

The National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) is Australia’s

leading expert body promoting the development and maintenance of public and

individual health standards.

Staying Healthy - Preventing infectious diseases in early childhood education and

care services is a great resource that covers:

 concepts of infection control

 monitoring illness in children

 suggested procedures

 issues for employers, educators and other staff

 fact sheets on diseases common to education and care services

 forms, useful contacts and websites.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 207

This resource represents an increased focus on a risk-management approach to

infection prevention and control principles in daily care activities.

Staying Healthy provides educators and other staff working in education and care

services with simple and effective methods for minimising the spread of disease. It

contains more ‘how to’ advice on procedures and discussing exclusion periods with

parents.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 208 © Compliant Learning Resources

The most recent schedule for the National Immunisation Program is below:

(updated 8 December 2017 )

Age of Child Recommended Immunisation

Birth  An injection for hepatitis B

2 months  A combined injection for diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough

(pertussis), hepatitis B, polio, Hib (haemophilus influenzae

type b)

 An injection for pneumococcal

 Oral drops for rotavirus (Oral dose of rotavirus vaccine 6-14

weeks of age)

4 months  A combined injection for diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough

(pertussis), hepatitis B, polio, Hib (haemophilus influenzae

type b)

 An injection for pneumococcal

 Oral drops for rotavirus (Oral dose of rotavirus vaccine 10-24

weeks of age)

6 months  A combined injection for diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough

(pertussis), hepatitis B, polio, Hib (haemophilus influenzae

type b)

 An injection for pneumococcal

12 months  A combined injection for measles, mumps, rubella

 A combined injection for Hib (haemophilus influenzae type b),

meningococcal C

 An injection for pneumococcal

18 months  A combined injection for measles, mumps, rubella, chickenpox

(varicella)

 A combined injection for diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough

(pertussis)

4 years  A combined injection for diphtheria, tetanus, whooping cough

(pertussis), polio

 An injection for pneumococcal

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 209

6. Management of Allergies

A child may need to be given medication whilst at Sparkling Stars. There is no room

for error in handling and administering medications, so the centre has a policy for staff

to follow. Read the Immunisation, medication and management of illness policy in the

intranet.

The 5 Rights of Administering Medication

1. Right child

Check the child’s name and date of birth on the medication label.

2. Right medication

 Read the label to make sure you have the correct medication.

 Check to see:

o Medication is in the original labelled container

o Expiration date is not exceeded

3. Right dose

 Check dose on label and authorization form

 Use proper measuring device

 Check measuring device carefully and have another educator double

check dose.

4. Right time

 Check the permission form to match the time with the label

 Check that medication is being given within 30 minutes before or after

prescribed time

 Look at the clock and note the time

 The right time includes both time and date

5. Right way is the way and place that medication is given (i.e., orally, topically,

inhaled, etc.). Example, asthma medication to be given through nebulizer or

spacer depending on doctors instructions.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 210 © Compliant Learning Resources

Storage of Medication

Medication needs to be stored appropriately, away from children and in childproof

containers. A major hazard is the possibility of the child finding a bottle of some

medication--whether his own or another child’s, and taking a large dose.

Most child care centres have detailed policies and procedures.

Medication will only be administered by the centre staff if:

 it is prescribed by a doctor and has the original label detailing the child’s name

and required dosage

 the parent/guardian has completed and signed an authority to give medication

form

 medication must be given directly to the staff member and not left in the child’s

bag or locker

 before medication is given to a child the staff member will verify the correct

dosage with another staff member. After giving the medication, the staff

member will complete the following details on the authority to give medication

form - the name of child, date, time, dosage, medication given; the person who

administered, the person who verified with signatures to validate.

 medication will never be added to a child’s bottle for administration

Where medication for treatment of long-term conditions or complains such as asthma,

epilepsy or ADD is required, the centre may require a letter from the child’s medical

practitioner or specialist detailing the medical condition of the child, correct dosage as

prescribed and how the condition is to be managed. Please check and read the policy

and procedures for administering medication.

No medication should ever be given without the parents’ knowledge and

permission.

Each centre will have a medication authority form for the parents to complete.

Please access the Authority to Administer Medication Form at the following

webpage:

Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre Forms

Please access the Immunisation Medication and Management of Illness Policy here::

Sparkling Stars Childcare Policies and Procedures

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 211

6.1. Anaphylaxis

The most severe form of allergic reaction is anaphylaxis. This is a severe allergic

reaction or attack that usually occurs within 20 minutes of exposure to the trigger

and can rapidly become life-threatening.

Allergic reactions are common. They happen when the immune system reacts to

something in the environment that is normally harmless: e.g. food proteins, pollens

or dust mites. It can be triggered by an allergen coming into contact with the skin,

eyes, nose, eyes, lungs or the stomach/bowel.

How to protect children with allergies?

Each centre will have their own strategies to ensure all educators are informed if

children have allergies or are at risk of an anaphylaxis reaction.

Strategies include having a list and or individual posters in each playroom,

outdoors, the staff room and in the kitchen. Children’s anaphylaxis medical action

plans need to be displayed in a place that is easily accessed if needed. Anaphylaxis

medication needs to be kept in the child’s room in a secure place that is dry and

cool though easily accessed by the educators.

It is essential that good communication with relief educators is maintained. When

relief educators arrive at the centre, they should be informed about any children

who have allergies, their triggers and treatment procedures.

When preparing, storing and serving food, it is essential that you follow strict food

handling procedures to prevent cross-contamination of food.

Educators and the cook need to ensure they keep the trigger food separate from the

other children’s meal. This includes:

 If you use a food that is a trigger allergen for a child in the centre, wash

contaminated kitchen utensils, plates and pots and pans used in hot soapy

water or in the dishwasher between uses.

 Use hot, soapy disposable paper towelling to wipe surfaces that have had the

food allergen on them. This allows removal of the allergen without

contamination of the everyday sponge or washcloth.

 Use separate sponges (colour coded) for washing up to reduce the risk of

cross-contamination. Do not store sponges together.

 Use a plastic basket in the fridge to contain allergic foods, eg. Milk, eggs etc.

so not to contaminate food in storage.

 Make individual plates up for children with allergy and mark clearly with

their name and the date.

 Ensure children do not share food or utensil.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 212 © Compliant Learning Resources

6.2. Allergic and Anaphylactic Reactions

Many allergic reactions are mild, but some can be severe and even life-threatening.

Signs and symptoms

Mild to moderate allergic reaction

A reaction will include one or more of these symptoms, and it is possible that a

number of them will happen at the same time:

 hives or welts (a red, lumpy rash, like mosquito bites).

 a tingling feeling in or around the mouth

 abdominal pain, vomiting and/or diarrhoea

 facial swelling

Severe allergic reaction (Anaphylaxis)

This term is used to describe a severe allergic reaction that involves breathing

and/or circulation (heart and blood). Any of these symptoms, as well as one or

more of the above symptoms of a mild-moderate allergic reaction, indicates

anaphylaxis:

 difficulty with breathing and/or noisy breathing

 swelling of the tongue

 swelling and/or tightness in throat

 difficulty talking and/or hoarse voice

 loss of consciousness and/or collapse

 when a person becomes pale and floppy (infants/young children)

Treatment

The first line treatment for anaphylaxis is adrenaline, which may be given as an

EpiPen® injection.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 213

Epipen® Administration Techniques

Source: https://www.allergy.org.au/health-professionals/anaphylaxis-resources/how-to-give- epipen

If a child has had a history of anaphylaxis, an adrenaline auto-injector should be

prescribed for the treatment or future episodes. Indications for prescribing an

adrenaline auto-injector, can be found at the Australasian Society of Clinical

Immunology and Allergy (ASCIA).

The following recommendations should be considered:

 Each child who has been prescribed an adrenaline auto-injector needs an

Anaphylaxis Action Plan, completed by a doctor.

 If an adrenaline auto-injector is used, always call an ambulance by phoning

000

Reference: The Royal Children’s Hospital Melbourne: Allergic and Anaphylactic reactions.

https://www.rch.org.au/kidsinfo/fact_sheets/Allergic_and_anaphylactic_reactions/

To view a template for an anaphylaxis Medical Action Plan, please click on the

following link. http://compliantlearningresources.com.au/network/sparkling-

stars/?p=3405

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 214 © Compliant Learning Resources

6.3. Management of Asthma

Asthma is a common chronic inflammatory disease of the airways characterized

by variable and recurring symptoms, reversible airflow obstruction and

bronchospasm.

Asthma can be triggered by any of the following:

 Pollens

 Moulds

 House dust mites

 Animal dander and saliva (cat, dog, horse, rabbit)

 Chemicals used in industry

 Venom from insect stings

 Some foods and medicines

o peanuts

o eggs

o tree nuts (e.g. cashews)

o cow’s milk

o fish and shellfish

o wheat

o soy

o sesame

If it is known that a child suffers from asthma, there should be a completed Asthma

Management Plan contained in their student profile.

Always follow organisational policies and legislative requirements in relation to

medication for asthma.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 215

CHAPTER 5. SUPERVISING CHILDREN TO ENSURE

SAFETY

Supervision is the most essential skill you will develop as a lead educator or educator;

you will use this skill every minute of your working day.

The safety and wellbeing of all the children in your care depend on it.

The National Quality Framework, which includes the National Education and Care

Services National Law and Regulations, state that it is an offence to inadequately

supervise children. (Section 165) and the National Quality Standard supports this law

through element 2.2. At all times, reasonable precautions and adequate supervision

ensure children are protected from harm and hazard.

Each centre must have developed and implemented policy and procedures designed to

meet legislative requirements for supervision of children.

These policies will include:

 child-staff ratios

 requirements when supervising in particular areas, e.g. outdoor play area

 requirements when supervising particular activities, e.g. toileting

 requirements when supervising particular groups, e.g. a group of 3-year-olds

on tricycles

 requirements when supervising children’s arrival and departure from the

service

 requirements when supervising on excursions

Four Principles of Supervision

1. Knowing

2. Listening

3. Positioning

4. Scanning

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 216 © Compliant Learning Resources

Knowing

 Being aware of where children are and the number of children you are

supervising and doing regular head counts.

 Being aware of activities and equipment that requires special supervision, for

example, safety or turn taking.

 Before the day begins, think about the children you will be working with (their

ages & the experiences & routines that are planned for the day.)

 Be aware of areas that require a high level of supervision

 Be aware of particular children who may require extra adult

attention/supervision

Listening

 Listening for unusual sounds, crying or silence (a good indicator that something

unusual may be happening.)

 Sounds can tell you a lot about what is happening - angry, raised voices are a

sign of pending aggression, unusual silence may also alert you that something

atypical is happening.

 Be aware of the sounds of your day & you will quickly notice ‘different’ sounds

if and when they occur.

Scanning

 Watching and being aware of all activities occurring in the area you are

supervising

 Looking around regularly (always look up, look around)

 Be aware of all children around you and what they are doing.

 Be aware of where other adults are supervising

 Always be vigilant & never assume that ‘someone else’ is taking responsibility.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 217

Positioning

 Position yourself to get the best possible view

 Never have your back to children

 Activities requiring special supervision must have an educator nearby

 Never leave children unattended

 Always inform another educator if you need to leave your supervision area.

 It can also be helpful to let children know that you can see them (this can

sometimes help to modify rough or dangerous play).

Remember that you must follow correct procedure should an accident occur, which

includes completing an Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record. Have another

look at the form on the intranet if you need a reminder.

The Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record can be

located here:

Incident, Injury, Trauma and Illness Record

1. The Environment and Supervision

Well-designed environments will take supervision into account and allow educators

monitor and interact with the children with ease. For example, ensuring indoor

furniture is positioned to create learning areas through using low shelving and mats to

designate areas ensuring open sight lines that make supervision easy from many

points in the room.

Active Supervision

While supervising it is important that you interact with the children. By interacting

with the children you are modelling appropriate behaviours, ways to play and how to

interact with others. By being an active participant in children’s play you are

supporting their learning through “teachable moments”.

“Teachable moments” are those spontaneous situations that you use a play situation

or time of discovery to build on the children’s learning. By engaging the children in

conversations and discussions, you will be extending on the children’s learning

through scaffolding.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 218 © Compliant Learning Resources

This links directly to the National Quality Standard 1.2.2 Educators respond to

children’s ideas and play and extend children’s learning through open-ended

questions, interactions and feedback.

Positive interactions with children help to build trusting relationships where we learn

about and from each other. This not only benefits the child but also benefits the

educators as it develops job satisfaction, therefore, maintaining the consistency and

sustainability of the workplace and workforce.

Educators effectively supervise children by actively watching and attending their

environment.

Educators should avoid carrying out activities that will draw their attention away from

supervision such as reading or speaking on the phone. If they are required to move

away from actively supervising children, they should make sure they are replaced by

another educator.

Active supervision of children can be achieved in the following ways:

 Direct and constant monitoring by carers in close proximity to children is useful

for actively supervising activities that involve some risk, for example woodwork

activities, cooking experiences and any children’s play that is in or near water

 Careful positioning of carers to allow them to observe the maximum area

possible. By moving around the area carers can the ensure the best view

possible, and that they are always facing the children

 Scanning or regularly looking around the area to observe all the children in the

vicinity is useful when carers are supervising a large group of children

 Listening closely to children near and far will help to supervise areas that may

not be in the carer’s direct line of sight. This is particularly useful when listening

out for sleeping babies through a monitor or when supervising areas where

children may be playing in corners, behind trees or play equipment.

 Observing children’s play and anticipating what may happen next will allow

carers to assist children as difficulties arise and to intervene where there is

potential danger to children

 Balancing activities to ensure risk is minimised and there are sufficient carers

to attend to children’s needs

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 219

Informing New Staff

It is extremely important that new or relief educators are provided with details and

responsibilities of supervising children as soon as they start. This information could

be included in their induction/welcome pack on the first day of work. Include a copy

of the centre’s supervision policy and get them to sign off on a letter agreeing that they

are aware of all conditions/requirements.

2. Ensure Adequate Supervision of Children

Supervision is the key aspect of ensuring that children’s safety is protected in the Early

Education and Care environment. Educators need to be alert to and aware of risks and

hazards and the potential for accidents and injury throughout the service, not just

within their immediate area.

Some key factors described in the NQS that relate to Quality Area 2 include:

 maintaining adequate supervision of children

 configuring groupings of children to minimise the risk of overcrowding, injury

and illness

Element 2.2.1 At all times, reasonable precautions and adequate

supervision ensure children are protected from harm and hazard.

To meet these requirements, a centre must ensure that children are:

 supervised in all areas of the service, by being in sight and/or hearing of an

educator at all times, including during toileting, sleep, rest and transition

routines

 unable to access unsupervised or unsafe areas in the service

 only taken outside the service premises by an educator, coordinator,

nominated supervisor, parent or authorised nominee

Groupings of children need to be configured to provide for each child’s comfort and to

minimise the risk of overcrowding and of course, ensure appropriate supervision.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 220 © Compliant Learning Resources

An educator’s role in meeting the requirements for supervising are to:

 supervise children closely when they are in a situation that presents a higher

risk of injury—for example, during water play or woodwork experiences or on

an excursion

 adjust the levels of supervision depending on the area of the service and the

skills, age mix, dynamics and size of the group of children they are supervising

Centre staff should understand how to design, plan and arrange equipment, furniture

and activities to ensure effective supervision while also allowing children to access

private and quiet spaces.

Part of the role of supervising is also to monitor the environment to ensure the safety

of the children. Failing to comply with this requirement is an offence under the

National Law (section 167 Offence relating to the protection of children from harm and

hazards).

Children have a right to be protected from possible or potential hazards and dangers

posed by products, plants, objects, animals and people in the immediate and wider

environment.

Educators and co-ordinators can assist children by:

 Talking with them about safety issues

and correct use of equipment and the

environment and, where appropriate,

involving children in setting safety rules

 Discussing sun safety with children and

implementing appropriate measures to

protect children from overexposure to

ultraviolet radiation

Children should never be able to:

 Access potentially hazardous items, such as medications, detergents, cleaning

products and garden chemicals, and that such items are clearly labelled at all

times

 Access power points, double adaptors and power boards and that other

electrical equipment and electrical cords are secured

 Only be taken outside the service premises by an educator, co-ordinator, parent

or authorised nominee.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 221

Duties an educator can perform whilst supervising:

 toys and equipment can be made available to children only in areas where they

may be used safely

 ensure a tobacco, drug and alcohol-free environment

 simple warning signs where potentially dangerous products are stored

 poisonous or hazardous plants identified, explained to children and in some

instances removed or not made accessible to children, or children are

adequately supervised

 hot drinks and hot food being made and consumed away from areas that are

accessible to children

 that, where drinks, food and cooking utensils/appliances are used as part of the

program, they do not present a significant risk to children

 secure, protective caps placed in all unused power points that are accessible to

children

 climbing equipment, swings and large pieces of furniture have stable bases

and/or are securely anchored

 climbing equipment, swings and other large pieces of equipment are located

over areas with soft fall surfaces recommended by recognised safety authorities

 close supervision of children at all times when they have access to animals

 animals kept separate to and apart from areas used by children unless involved

in a specific activity that is directly supervised by educators

A centre can ensure that staff are following the appropriate policies and

procedures by establishing the following documentation:

 written procedures for conducting daily safety checks and identifying and

undertaking the maintenance of buildings and equipment

 complete daily safety checks of buildings, equipment and the general

environment

 records of pest/vermin inspections and/or eradication

 the service’s policy and procedures on delivery and collection of children that

ensures that children are released only to authorised nominees

 records of children’s attendance, including arrivals and departures, with the

signature of the person responsible for verifying the accuracy of the record or

the person collecting the child

 a written process for monitoring who enters and leaves the service premises at

all times

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 222 © Compliant Learning Resources

 the service’s policy and procedures on excursions that include evidence of a

written risk assessment undertaken prior to conducting an excursion

 evidence of detailed information provided to families regarding excursions,

including the destination, mode of transport, educator-to-child ratios and the

number of adults in attendance, and written authorisation for children to be

taken outside the service premises, including for excursions or routine outings

(except during emergency situations)

 the service’s medical conditions policy

 the service’s policy on dealing with water safety, including safety during water-

based activities

 enrolment records that include authorisations and health information

 the service’s policy and procedures on sun protection and evidence that

information about the service’s approach to sun protection is shared with

families

 evidence that information about the service’s approach to safe sleep is

documented and shared with families.

Source: Guide to the NQF, 2018

Educator to Child Ratios

Under Quality Area 4 (Staffing Arrangements) of the National Quality Standards,

centres must focus on the provision of qualified and experienced educators, co-

ordinators and nominated supervisors who are able to develop warm, respectful

relationships with children, create safe and predictable environments and encourage

children’s active engagement in the learning program.

Centres can do this by upholding Element 4.1.1 The organisation of educators across

the service supports children’s learning and development, which covers the educator-

to-child ratios.

Some States and Territories have made provisions that affect requirements for

services.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 223

Centre-Based Services

Ratios are calculated across the service (not by individual rooms) and are based on the

youngest child in care.

Age of children Educator to child ratio Applies

Birth to 24 months 1:4 All States and Territories

Over 24 months

and less than 36

months

1:5 All States and Territories

except Vic

1:4 Vic

Over 36 months

up to and

including

preschool age

1:11 ACT, NT, QLD, VIC

1:10 NSW, WA

1:10 for centre-based

services other than a

preschool

1:10 for disadvantaged

preschools

1:11 for preschools other

than a disadvantaged

preschool

SA

1:10

2:25 for children

attending a preschool

program

TAS

1:10 WA

Over preschool

age

1:15 NT, QLD, SA, TAS, VIC

1:15 NSW – applies 1 October

2018

1:11 ACT

1:13

(or 1:10 if kindergarten

children are in

attendance)

WA

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 224 © Compliant Learning Resources

Family Day Care Services

Age of children Educator to child ratio Applies

Birth to 13 years

1:7, with no more than

four children preschool

age or under

All States and Territories

Source: Educator to child ratios (from Revised NQF, 2018)

Qualifications and Ratio of Staff

Diploma and Certificate III

Centre-based services

Under the National Quality framework 50

percent of educators required to meet the

relevant ratios in a centre based service

working with children preschool age and under,

must have, or be actively working towards, at

least an approved diploma level education

and care qualification.

All other educators required to meet the

relevant ratios at the service must have, or be

actively working towards, at least an approved

certificate III level education and care

qualification.

Family day care services

All family day care educators must hold or be

‘actively working towards’ at least an approved

certificate III level education and care

qualification.

In South Australia, a family day care educator

must hold at least an approved certificate III

level education and care qualification.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 225

Number of children in

attendance at any one time Early childhood teacher requirement

Fewer than 25 children* The service needs to have access to an early childhood

teacher for at least 20 percent of the time the service is

operating. This may be achieved through an information

communication technology solution.

25 – 59 children* The service must employ or engage a full-time or full-time

equivalent early childhood teacher, or have an early

childhood teacher in attendance for:

 6 hours per day, when operating for 50 hours or

more per week OR

 60% of the time, when operating for less than 50

hours per week

60 – 80 children* The service must employ or engage a full-time or full-time

equivalent early childhood teacher, or have an early

childhood teacher in attendance for:

 6 hours per day, when operating for 50 hours or

more per week OR

 60% of the time, when operating for less than 50

hours per week.

Additionally, from 2020, the service must employ a second

early childhood teacher or suitably qualified person in

attendance for:

 3 hours per day, when operating for 50 hours or

more per week

OR

 30% of the time, when operating for less than 50

hours per week

These requirements do not apply if the service has 60 to

80 approved places, and employs or engages a full time

or full-time equivalent early childhood teacher at the

service, and employs or engages a second early

childhood teacher or suitably qualified person for half the

hours or full-time equivalent hours at the service.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 226 © Compliant Learning Resources

More than 80 children* The service must employ or engage a full-time or full-time

equivalent early childhood teacher, or have an early

childhood teacher in attendance for:

 6 hours per day, when operating for 50 hours or

more per week

OR

 60% of the time, when operating for less than 50

hours per week.

Additionally, from 2020, the service must employ a second

early childhood teacher or suitably qualified person in

attendance for:

 6 hours per day, when operating for 50 hours or

more per week

OR

 60% of the time, when operating for less than 50

hours per week

These requirements do not apply if the service has more

than 80 approved places, and employs or engages a full

time or full-time equivalent early childhood teacher at the

service, and employs or engages a second full time or full-

time equivalent early childhood teacher or suitably

qualified person at the service.

* Saving provisions apply in NSW - see regulation 272

Source: Qualifications for working with school-age children;

Qualifications for family day care services

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 227

3. Minimise Risks

3.1. A Safe Environment

Accidental injury is the leading cause of death in children.

Children have the right to be safe wherever they are, including their child care

service. Safety starts with the environment, which includes the buildings, outdoor

areas and all equipment.

All staff and management at a child care centre are responsible for providing and

maintaining a safe environment, and encouraging children to act safely within it.

Each child care centre will have its own policies and procedures to help its staff

achieve this, as well as following relevant state or territory regulations.

Buildings and Grounds

A child care centre will ideally be located in a purpose-built facility, designed

specifically to meet the needs of its users and comply with the relevant safety

regulations. However, they are often located in buildings that were originally

constructed for a completely different purpose and have been adapted for use as a

child care centre.

Ensuring the safety of buildings and grounds should include daily safety checks to

determine that everything is in good order, identify and remove hazards, and

organise maintenance and repairs.

Equipment

Equipment used in a child centre includes many different things used on a daily

basis, such as furniture, appliances, kitchen implements, cleaning supplies and

play equipment. You must also check and maintain these all on a daily basis.

You should also consider the age group of the children. Some items may be safe for

one age group to use, but be a hazard for younger children. Ensure you provide

equipment for the correct developmental level of children. Keep in mind that you

may need to demonstrate proper use of some items, especially when it comes to

new equipment!

Prevent children’s access to unsafe or unsuitable equipment or areas to minimise

risk of accidents. Cleaning materials must be securely stored. Waste materials have

to be disposed of appropriately and according to regulations.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 228 © Compliant Learning Resources

Ventilation and Heating

The centre’s environment can make a difference to the health and wellbeing of the

children at the centre. Environmental factors such as heating, cooling and

lighting all affect our health.

Ventilation is also important with a good flow of fresh air to help reduce the build-

up of allergens, pollutants and germs. Natural light and having good quality

artificial lights are also necessary for good health.

The Education and Care Services National Regulations 2011 specifically deals with

the Physical Environment including Regulation 110 Ventilation and Light -

detailing that centres must be well ventilated, have adequate natural light and

temperatures must be maintained to ensure the safety and wellbeing of the

children.

Centre Safety Checklist

To avoid or reduce accidents and injuries it is important to create and maintain a

safe environment. Recognising potential hazards, eliminating or controlling

hazards, responding quickly and appropriately to emergencies, is important. This

checklist highlights key issues to regularly check, assess and maintain a safe indoor

and outdoor environment.

Safety checklists can be completed daily to ensure the environment is safe for the

children. Educators normally do these checks as part of opening the centre or

before setting up the environment. To complete the checklists educators need to

carefully walk around the indoor or outdoor areas and carefully look at each check

point and assess if it is in safe order or if maintenance is required. If maintenance

is required you need to assess the risk to the children and respond appropriately to

eliminate or control the hazard. This could be removing the hazard, blocking off

the area until maintenance can be carried out. If you are not able to eliminate the

hazard, it is important to immediately report to the Nominated Supervisor

(Director). Do not leave the hazard and wait until the end of the week or day!

FACT: Did you know the preferable temperature of a room is between

20-25 degrees Celsius?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 229

Below is an example of an indoor and outdoor checklist. This will differ for every

centre as each have their own unique needs, though many will contain similar

checks.

Indoor Safety Checklist.

Staff member Completing:

Room:

Educators to initial when each check is completed.

KEY: safe X needing attention – If needing attention please write details under maintenance required

Maintenance

required.

Week Beginning:

14th Oct 2013 M T W TH F Urgent

Non-

Urgent

Toys and children’s equipment e.g. tables, high chairs.

 Toys and equipment are in

good repair

 All accessible toys are

suitable for that age group

 Broken/unsafe toys and

equipment are stored out of

children’s reach

 Toys are stored safely

 Safety harnesses in high

chairs clean, in good

working order

Heating and electrical

 Electrical outlets are capped

with safety plugs

 Electrical cords are out of

children’s reach

 All heaters within children’s

reach are safely guarded

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 230 © Compliant Learning Resources

Cots/Beds and Bedding

 Cots safely arranged

 Cots are in good repair

X

Leg

broken on

folding cot

 There are no entrapment

hazards on the cot or

because of the way the cot is

positioned.

 Bedding is stored

appropriately

Storage

Cleaning materials, detergents etc

are stored out of children’s reach or

in secured cupboards labelled with

chemical warning displayed.

All chemicals are stored away from

food.

Medicines stored out of children’s

reach / in appropriate. container in

fridge

First aid kit easily accessible though

located out of children’s reach

Items such as scissors, knives,

plastic bags, matches etc kept out of

children’s reach

Safety latches on cupboards are in

good working order

General

Entries and exits are clear and exit

doors are able to be opened easily by

adults.

Rubbish bins are empty and clean

Floors are clean and dry

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 231

There are no cords within children’s

reach eg curtain/blind cords

Windows are not damaged, are

screened and allow adequate air

flow.

Fire Exits are clear

Outdoor/External

Outdoor area is free of hazards eg

broken equipment, rubbish, water

collections, garden tools, trip

hazards etc (also being aware of

possible vandalism Eg. syringes,

broken glass)

Gates are locked/closed and latches

are in working order

There is nothing near any fence/gate

that would assist children to climb

over

Fences are in good repair and height

of all fences/gates meets standards

The sandpit is clear of rubbish

(raked daily)

Soft fall is clear of rubbish (eg

syringes, broken glass, and rocks)

and other objects that may be a

hazard if children fell.

The soft fall under/around

equipment is the required depth

(raked as appropriate)

Comments/ Maintenance required:

Leg need fixing or replace cot immediately – do not use broken cot

Staff Member’s Signature: Date:

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 232 © Compliant Learning Resources

3.2. Identify Existing and Potential Hazards and Record Them

According to Workplace Procedures

Staff can identify any existing and potential hazards in the centre by conducting

regular risk assessments and safety audits.

Risk assessments

A risk assessment involves determining the level of risk associated with each task,

product or activity so that the actions to control the risk can be prioritised and put

in place.

The method of assessing the risk involves considering the likelihood and

consequences of an incident occurring.

A sample Risk Assessment Tool is available on the Sparkling Stars Intranet:

Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre Templates

(Username: newusername - Password: newpassword)

Conducting a Risk Assessment

First step is to identify a hazard. In this example we are analysing the risk of “play

marbles”.

The next step is to list any hazards that a child “playing with a marble may face”.

Then identify the risk that may occur due to the hazard.

In some cases there may be multiple hazards and risks associated with a single

product/item or activity.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 233

Once you have identified the hazards and associated risks, the next step is to look

at the Likelihood and Consequence (Impact) of the hazards.

Likelihood

Is an estimate of the likelihood of an incident occurring, this can be influenced by:

 How often the action is undertaken?

 The number of people performing the same or a similar action?

 The duration of time for which the action is performed?

 Distractions?

 The environment?

 The availability and use of equipment?

 The capacity and characteristics of the people in the environment?

 The characteristics of the child?

Consequences (Impact)

The consequences of an incident are the severity of a potential injury or illness that

could result from the identified hazard. What could the impact be?

You could refer to past history or to past injury reports, statistics or information on

similar activities, in related or other industries.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 234 © Compliant Learning Resources

Risk Rating

By comparing the likelihood and consequence on the table below and seeing where

they intersect gives us an indication of the overall importance of managing this

hazard (known as the Risk Rating) and then we can try to reduce/eliminate the

risk.

Here we have looked at the hazards, the risks of it occurring, the likelihood and

consequences which ended up giving us a risk rating.

To establish what sort of controls need to be put in place we need to look at a Risk

Treatment Chart, such as the one below.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 235

When looking at our Risk Rating we see that the highest score was “Very High” in

red box in our Risk Rating Chart, which equates to “Avoid the Risk” in the chart

below:

Even though it is only rated as “possible” the risk consequence is rated as “severe”.

Looking at our “Hierarchy of Controls” (on the next page), the best control to put

in place in this circumstance is to “Eliminate” the risk, to remove the risk from the

centre.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 236 © Compliant Learning Resources

Conducting Daily Checks

Centre staff must complete safety checks and audits on a regular basis. It is

important that both internal and external areas are checked thoroughly and nay

hazards if identified are analysed and if required removed.

Example: Health and Safety Workplace Audit Checklist

A full version of this Health and Safety Workplace Audit Checklist is available on

the Sparkling Stars Intranet: (also covers Daily/Weekly/Monthly checks)

Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre Templates

(Username: newusername - Password: newpassword)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 237

Further examples of areas that should be checked daily for risks are:

Roads and Car Parks

 Streets/Roads – Clear vision, speeds restricted

 Car Parks – Pedestrian access clear pedestrians comply

 Tree’s – No overhanging branches, no dead branches

 Lighting – adequate

 Other security hazards – clear of potential risks

 Paths – clear of slips, trips and falls hazards

 Timber surfaces – no loose splinters

 Other - free from other risks

Perimeter of Property

 Power lines – no low power lines, poles and lines in good order

 Fencing – adequate height and good repair

 Gates – childproof catches, good repair, self-closing, double gated

 Paths – free of trips/slips hazards, good repair

 Timber surfaces – no loose splinters

 Lighting – adequate

 Other observations – free from other risks

Buildings External

 Gutters and drainage – in good repair, free from leaks, free from slips, trips

and hazards

 Doors – self closing, free from trip hazard

 Lawns and ground surfaces – free from serious slip and trip hazards, free

from sharp vegetation

 Paths – free from slips, trips hazards and in good repair

 Lighting – adequate

 Other observations – free from other risks

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 238 © Compliant Learning Resources

Entrance, Office and Passageways

 Sign in/out records – complete and accurate

 Floor surfaces – free from slip/trip risks, clear of obstruction

 Ramps and stairs - free from slip/trip risks, clear of obstruction

 Fire exits signs – clear and undamaged, illumination working

 Lighting – adequate

 Switchboard – locked and secure, safety switch present

 Fire extinguishers – in test (6 monthly) and full

 Electrical test and tag register – up to date

 Photocopier – well ventilated, not too close to staff

 Filing cabinets/book cases – unlikely to fall and secure, tidy and organised

 Printers/faxes – adequate power points, area clean and tidy

 Storage – adequate and tidy

 Housekeeping – organised, well laid out, tidy

 Passageways – clear and free from trips and falls

 Windows – locks working, clean, restricted access for children

 Furniture, fittings and shelves – adequate, in good repair, secure with no

risk of falling

 Chairs – provide adequate back support, in good repair

 Phone cables – tidy and present, no trips/falls risks

 Electrical cords – not accessible to children, clean and tidy and adequate

power points

 Evacuation procedures and emergency records – up to date and complete

 Chemicals and substances – SDS available and used

 Cleanliness – overall area clean

 Employee induction records – up to date and complete

 Other observations – free from other risks

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 239

Nursery and Toddlers Rooms

 Gates and fences – childproof, in good repair, gates self-closing

 Doors – self closing, free from slips hazard

 Power outlets – protective caps, in good repair, adequate number

 Power cords and boards – out of reach of children

 Cleaning records – up to date and comprehensive

 Hand washing – Thorough for each required situation

 Sanitising – occurring for each required situation

 Floors – clean free from slip trip risks

 Lighting – adequate

 Furniture, fittings and shelves – adequate, in good repair, secure with no

risk of falling

 Chairs – provide adequate back support, in good repair

 Toilets – clean, regularly sanitised

 Washing facilities – clean, adequate and maintained

 Water play – supervised

 Children – always directly supervised

 Daily checklists – completed

 All chemicals – stored in dangerous products storage area mixed in correct

ratio

 SDS – available for all chemicals

 Childproof locks – in place

 Latex gloves – available at nappy change area

 Plastic gloves – available at each tissue box and food preparation area

 Hand wash – available in each area where hand wash facilities not available

 Phones – labelled with poisons information number

 Heavy items – Stored on ground, nothing heavier than 3kg stored above

shoulder height

 Room and yard – checked daily for dangerous objects and spiders

 Tarps (if used) – folded and stored away

 Team members – wearing closed in shoes, have and wear appropriate hats

and using correct food handling procedures

 Toys – do not present choking, swallowing hazard

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 240 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Equipment – stored neatly and not present a falling hazard

 Evacuation procedures – clearly displayed

 Fire exits and doorways – clear for evacuation including cots

 Mouthed toys – in separate container for washing

 Children’s dietary requirements – clearly displayed

 Climbing equipment – is stable, located appropriately in soft fall areas, no

hard objects in fall zone

3.3. Considerations When Setting Up Indoor and Outdoor Play Spaces

The Physical Environment Factor

 Adequate, well maintained fencing

 Climbing equipment meet safety standards

 Trip hazards such as poorly constructed pathways or poorly set out play

areas

 appropriate soft-fall

 Appropriate Safety devices such as child-resistant locks on gates and

cupboards

 Appropriate fitted child restraints on highchairs

The Behaviour Factor

Children can be unpredictable and at different ages children can respond

differently to equipment and experiences.

Considerations include:

 Inability of the child to understand and anticipate cause and effect

 Lack of fear

 Ability to concentrate and stay ‘on task’/easily distracted

 Emotional status such as anger, fear or shyness

 The young child’s tendency to imitate and follow others.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 241

The Age Factor

It is essential that the play spaces are set up using age appropriate equipment and

toys. Equipment and toys should match the age and developmental abilities of the

children you are caring for. For example for children under 2, when they tend to

explore using their mouth, small beads or toys are not suitable as they are a

choking hazard. 2-3 year old Children are still developing balance and control of

movement and need simple, low obstacle courses to explore to ensure they do not

have fall injuries.

3.4. Outdoor Play Spaces

Safety considerations:

 Layout- positioning of activities.

 Fixed equipment -

o Entrapment

o Protrusion and sharp objects

 Loose parts and broken toys

 Uneven surfaces and trip hazards–poorly maintained paths and soft fall, toys

and equipment not kept in appropriate area.

 Maintenance

 Fall Zone – Soft fall and appropriate distance from other equipment and

activities.

 Supervision

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 242 © Compliant Learning Resources

Fall Zones around Equipment

It is recommended that the measured fall zones surrounding playground

equipment be filled with certified playground surfacing material.

Source: Kidsafe Family Daycare Safety Guidelines 2012, pg.17

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 243

3.5. Basic Home Fire Safety

Part of keeping children safe in Early Childhood Education and Care services is

understanding key points about fire and your role in fire safety.

Fire spread and speed

Fire spreads very quickly, often it will only take minutes, from the start of a house

fire to full involvement of the fire in the room of origin.

 Heat transfer

o The transfer of heat causes a fire to spread from one point to another.

 Radiation

o Radiation is the transfer of heat energy by rays.

 Convection

o Convection is the transfer of heat through a liquid or gas due to the

circulation of the fluid.

 Conduction

o Conduction refers to the transfer of heat through a solid material

from a region of higher temperature to a region of lower temperature.

Combustible Fuels

Typical fire fuels include:

 common solid combustibles such as wood, leaves, grass, scrub, rubber and

paper

 flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, petrol, kerosene and alcohol – it is not

the liquid itself that burns but the flammable vapours given off by that liquid

 flammable gases such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), natural gas,

acetylene and hydrogen.

Sources of Heat

Fires are started and sustained by the presence of sufficient heat. A key to fire

prevention is to eliminate heat sources or to keep them away from combustible

fuels.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 244 © Compliant Learning Resources

Open Flames/Sparks

Any kind of open flame (from candles, fireplaces, kerosene lamps, and heaters,

barbecues, cutting torches, welding equipment and defective exhaust systems)

can be sufficient to ignite common combustibles.

Highly flammable materials such as flammable gases and vapours can be

ignited by sources of sparks such as electric motors, relays, switches,

telephones, radios and power tools.

Electrical equipment

Electricity generates a certain amount of heat when it flows. Sometimes this is

used deliberately to produce heating equipment. But even in other types of

electrical equipment there is some heat generated.

The abuse of electrical equipment, if overloaded and/or poorly maintained, can

overheat enough to cause ignition. Placing heaters too close to combustible

materials or overloading power boards and double adaptors are just some of

the ways a fire can start.

Many processes produce hot surfaces. A hot surface can set fire to solid

combustibles in contact with it.

Hot Surfaces

In the home, common hot surfaces include:

 oven

 hot water service

 electric blankets

 heaters including fixed electrical or gas heater, heating vents, portable

heaters

 appliances that may be constantly running such as computers,

televisions, DVD players, VCR players.

Smoking Materials

Smoking materials include cigarettes, cigars and matches. They are a common

cause of ignition, especially when they have been disposed of carelessly.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 245

Role of Fire Services

 prevention

 preparation

 response

 recovery

High-Risk Groups in Basic Home for Safety

Greater Risk of Dying

 people aged 65 years and over

 children aged between 0–4 years

 adults affected by alcohol consumption

Greater Risk of Injury

 males

 young children aged 0–4 years

 adults aged 20-44 years

 older adults (65+ years)

 low socio-economic status

 poor educational background

 ethnic minorities

 individuals who smoke

 individuals who drink excessively

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 246 © Compliant Learning Resources

Behaviour That May Contribute to Fire Injury and Fatalities

Older people:

 may experience impaired hearing, diminished vision and poorer sense of

smell, which affects their ability to identify a fire

 may be affected by memory loss or poor cognition

 may be affected by mobility issues, which reduce their capacity to escape

safely and quickly if a fire occurs in their home

 may be more likely to economise and use older appliances, such as portable

heaters and electric blankets

 are more likely to live in older homes, which may not include features such

as an electrical safety switch or may be unable/unwilling/unaware of the

need for home maintenance

 have difficulty installing and maintaining working smoke alarms

 may reject or not relate to their risk factor and the fire safety information

targeted at them

 may experience difficulties with reading or writing English and therefore be

unable to access fire safety information

 may be reluctant to ask for assistance – even though the need for assistance

will increase with age as the likelihood of living alone increases with age.

Children under 5 years of age may:

 be at higher risk in their home environment, which is determined by their

parent’s social and financial background

 be more likely to be involved in fire play due to natural curiosity

 have a developmental disadvantage as they are not able to react

appropriately and escape a house fire – they require assistance from an

older family member

 be left unsupervised near cooking and heating sources

 have parents who are unable to access mainstream fire safety information

due to their cultural and linguistic background

 be at higher risk due to their access to cigarette lighters, matches, candles

and other sources of ignition.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 247

People who experience social and financial disadvantage may:

 consider fire safety to be a low priority

 be unable to access basic home fire safety information

 use old appliances, which are unsafe

 be unable to afford repairs and maintenance

 use unusual methods of heating, cooking and lighting – in the hope of saving

costs

 participate in activities that increase their fire risk

 have poor or no social networks/supports/contacts

 have limited access to resources to ensure their safety such as secure

housing.

People who smoke or are affected by alcohol and other drugs (including

medication) may:

 fail to properly extinguish butts

 lack insight into their behaviour and actions

 have a diminished capacity to identify if a fire has started

 be unable to respond quickly in a fire

 be unable to evacuate safely in a fire.

A working smoke alarm:

 acts as an ‘electronic nose’

 alerts people to smoke from a fire

 gives people more time to escape to safety – often within minutes, a small

fire can grow to an entire room.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 248 © Compliant Learning Resources

Why Smoke Alarms are Important

Smoke alarms save lives and protect property from the powerful destruction of fire.

Every year 50 Australians and many more are injured from house fires where no

smoke alarms were installed.

There are two different types of smoke alarms:

 ionisation

 photo-electric

Smoke Alarm Placement

A smoke alarm should be installed in homes on the ceiling away from a wall:

 outside bedroom/s or sleeping area/s

 where the primary carer sleeps in a separate room, outside the room where

the primary carer sleeps

 where a person sleeps with the door closed, inside the bedroom

 between kitchen/living areas and bedroom/s

 in a common hallway that connects bedrooms

 at separate ends of the house if sleeping areas exist in both areas.

Installation

As a community sector worker, you are in a position to advise clients:

 to test their smoke alarm once a month by pressing the test button with a

broom handle to make sure the battery and the alarm sounder are operating

 to dust or vacuum around the smoke alarm vents once a year in accordance

with the manufacturer’s instructions (smoke alarms cannot tell the

difference between smoke and dust)

 and/or your supervisor/client’s family carer, if you notice that a client’s

smoke alarm is not working

 to change their smoke alarm battery once a year at a designated time such

as the end of daylight saving or the first of April.

To meet the regulatory requirements, smoke alarms installed in homes must meet

Australian Standard 3786 or Australian Standard 12239.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 249

State/Territory legislation regarding smoke alarms is outlined below:

State Legislative Requirement for Smoke Alarms

NSW  mandatory legislation for all new homes and homes undergoing

renovations

 mandatory legislation for all existing homes

Queensland  mandatory legislation for all new homes and home undergoing

renovations

 mandatory legislation for all existing homes

South

Australia

 mandatory legislation for all new homes and home undergoing

renovations

 mandatory legislation for all existing homes

Victoria  mandatory legislation for all new homes and home undergoing

renovations

 mandatory legislation for all existing homes

Australian

Capital

Territory

 mandatory legislation for all new homes and homes undergoing

renovations

Northern

Territory

 mandatory legislation for all new homes and homes undergoing

renovations

Tasmania  mandatory legislation for all new homes and homes undergoing

renovations

Western

Australia

 mandatory legislation for all new homes and homes undergoing

renovations

 any home being offered for sale or for a new tenancy lease is

required to have a mains powered smoke alarm installed

 all rental properties will be required to have mains powered smoke

alarms installed by 1 October 2011

Maintenance

It is important that all smoke alarms are tested and batteries replaced on a

regular basis. Smoke alarms have a limited working life and need to be replaced

every 10 years to provide adequate protection for your home and family.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 250 © Compliant Learning Resources

Testing Smoke Alarms

 Install a smoke alarm in the correct location

 Test that the smoke alarm is working

o Once a month check the battery by pressing the test button. If you cannot

reach the button easily, use a broom handle.

 Know the smoke alarm warning sound (‘beep beep beep’)

 Know what to do when the smoke alarm sounds

 Know the chirping sound that indicates the battery is going flat and needs to be

replaced or that the entire unit may need to be replaced

 Keep them clean. Dust and debris can interfere with their operation, so vacuum

over and around your smoke alarm regularly.

3.6. Cleaning Products and Other Dangerous Products and Chemicals

Children are naturally curious and explore their environment though their senses

by touching and tasting. Dangerous products such as cleaning products, garden

and pest control chemicals, medications and sharp objects must be kept out of

children reach.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 251

To safely manage the use of dangerous products:

 Do not expose children to fumes or sprays of cleaning products, i.e. spray

cleaning products on paper towel rather than on the table when children are

around or use squeeze bottles.

 Do not consume hot drinks around children or in children play areas.

 Lock chemicals and cleaning products in high locked cupboards.

 Display simple warning signs and safe storage of dangerous products in each

room.

 Minimise use of toxic products by using environmentally friendly products,

without minimising hygiene.

 Obtain Material Safety Data Sheets from manufactures to provide

information about risk facts and safety implications of the product.

Cleaning Products

The National Health and Medical Research Council Staying Healthy in Child Care

Preventing infectious diseases in child care 4th edition publication, states that

“washing the germs down the drain is better than trying to kill the

germs with disinfectant,” and believe effective cleaning with detergent and

warm water, followed by rinsing and drying is seen as the most effective cleaning

process for most surfaces.

The NHMRC believes disinfectants are usually not necessary. Most germs will be

washed away with warm soapy water and do not survive on the surface if exposed

to the air and light. If disinfectants are to be used it is essential to clean the surface

before disinfecting.

Each centre will have their own policies and procedures on the types of cleaning

products that they use and the cleaning procedures that they follow. It is important

to follow your centres procedures though taking into account that the procedures

are safe for the children, educators and the environment.

Some centres are still using chemicals for general cleaning such as bleach and high

grade disinfectants. If you are using these products please ensure that you follow

the manufacturer’s directions, especially the dilution amounts, and that they are

not used near the children.

There are many environmentally friendly cleaning products including detergents,

disinfectants and floor cleaners. These are not only better for the environment but

many believe they are also better for the health of the children and educators that

are using them.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 252 © Compliant Learning Resources

There has been an interesting research project by Fresh, Green, Clean and the

sustainability Fund Managed by Sustainability Victoria – The Clean and

Sustainable Indoor Cleaning Project conducted in 2008. The trial was conducted

in 3 child care centres to implement safe, sustainable and effective daily cleaning

procedures.

Staff are to ensure the safety of children at the childcare centre at all times, they

should always ensure the following requirements are met:

 All areas where potentially dangerous products are kept are clearly labelled

with warning signs

 All medications and dangerous chemicals are stored in clearly labelled areas

and containers on high shelves out of children’s reach

 The main first aid kit and all room kits are kept out of reach of children

 All hazardous products are kept out of children’s reach at all times

 Care is taken to ensure all plants in the Centre grounds are non-poisonous

 Staff thoroughly check each playground before the children go out, to ensure

it is free of any potentially dangerous vermin or objects

 Staff discuss these dangers with the children to develop their awareness of

dangerous products and objects

 The Centre aims to provide families with information from recognised

health and safety authorities about the safe storage of potentially dangerous

products in the home

 A first aid action plan and safety data sheets on products used in the

Centre is displayed in the laundry, bathrooms and kitchen

 Where possible, the Centre should aim to keep the use of toxic and other

potentially dangerous products to a minimum; however they should not

jeopardize the hygiene standards of the Centre.

 Staff are to ensure that warning signs are located where potentially

dangerous products are stored or located, this areas might be e.g. cleaning

cupboard. All signs are of the regulatory standard and are clearly visible.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 253

3.7. Keep Records of Pest/Vermin Inspections and/or Eradications

Records of all pest management actions are to be maintained including

information on the number of pests and other indicators of pest activity that verify

the need for action. Records of pesticide use should be maintained on site to meet

the requirements of the State regulatory agencies and centre administration.

Records are be used to help evaluate the implementation and success of an

eradication program and must be available upon request to centre staff and the

general public.

Information that you need to record includes:

 The full product name of the pesticide applied

 The situation in which you used the pesticide, the rate of application and

quantity of the pesticide applied

 A description of the equipment used to apply the pesticide

 The property address and the area where the pesticide was used (e.g.

interior, exterior, subfloor, roof cavity)

 The date and the time of the application

 The name, address and contact details of the person who applied the

pesticide. If you applied the pesticide yourself, write down your own details.

If you employed someone to apply the pesticide, then that person must

record their name, as well as your name, address and the contact details as

their employer

 The name, address and contact details of the owner or the person who has

the management or control of the property where the pesticide was applied

 If the pesticide was applied outdoors and through the air using spray

equipment, then you must make a record of weather conditions including

wind speed and any other relevant conditions

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 254 © Compliant Learning Resources

4. Safe Collection of Children

Education and Care Services should have administration policies and procedures

ensuring that parents completing enrolment documents detail who is authorised to

collect the child from the service.

The enrolment form is a signed contract and is legally binding.

Collection of Children

The “Guide to the Education and Care Services National Law and the Education and

Care Services National Regulations 2011” states the following:

A child may only leave the education and care service premises under any of the

following circumstances:

 a parent or authorised nominee collects the child

 a parent or authorised nominee provides written authorisation for the child to

leave the premises

 a parent or authorised nominee provides written authorisation for the child to

attend an excursion

 the child requires medical, hospital or ambulance treatment, or there is another

emergency.

Source: National Law: Sections 165, 167

National Regulations: Regulations 99, 158–159, 176

Absent Children

If a child at the service appears to be missing or cannot be accounted for, or appears

to have been taken or removed from the service premises in a way that breaches the

National Regulations, it is considered a serious incident and the regulatory authority

must be notified within 24 hours of the incident.

The National Regulations require children’s attendance records to be kept.

Services should develop a combination of systems which show when each child is

absent, is in attendance or has left for the day.

For example, in a long day care service there might be a magnetic board in each room

indicating each child’s presence or absence, which is updated upon the child’s arrival

and departure. This might be used in combination with sign in/out records.

Before closing a centre-based service, educators should look for visual cues that a child

may still be on the premises (for example, a backpack left on a hook) and physically

check each area, including sleeping areas, to ensure no child is accidently locked

inside.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 255

Minimising the Risk of Child Abuse In Education and Care Services

The task of protecting children in the care of organisations is multi-faceted.

It requires attention to three key areas. These are:

 Administration (ensuring screening and other personnel practices);

o Staff must have completed police checks prior to employment (QA2.3.1)

o All parents must complete enrolment details providing collection

arrangements (QA2.3.2)

o All parents collecting children are checked on the approved list(QA2.3.2)

o Incident, injury, trauma and illness policies and procedures (QA2.3.4)

 physical environments (to reduce opportunities for situational maltreatment)

o secure environments(QA2.3.1,2.3.2,2.3.3,2.3.4)

o supervised contact only with children (QA2.3.1,2.3.4)

o Tobacco, drug and alcohol free environment )(QA2.3.2)

 the organisation's culture (creating a child-focused environment of respect). The

use of a wide range of policies serves to create the most effective models for child-

safe organisations.

o Staff of all Education and Care facilities in Australia are required to be aware

of and understand the principles contained in the following:

 The National Law

 National Quality Framework

 National Quality Standards

 United Nation Rights of the Child

 ECA Code of Ethics

The links to the above websites can be found below:

 http://www.acecqa.gov.au/national-law

 http://www.acecqa.gov.au/national-quality-framework

 http://www.acecqa.gov.au/national-quality-framework/the-national-quality-

standard

 https://www.unicef.org.au/Discover/What-we-do/Convention-on-the-Rights-

of-the-Child/childfriendlycrc.aspx

 http://www.earlychildhoodaustralia.org.au/wp-

content/uploads/2014/07/code_of_ethics_-brochure_screenweb_2010.pdf

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 256 © Compliant Learning Resources

4.1. Supervision of Every Person

Every person who enters the service premises where children are present should

be supervised at all times. Visitors must have a reason for being there. If you notice

someone either internal or external to the centre and you don’t know them, ask or

notify a Supervisor immediately.

4.2. Develop and Maintain a Written Process for Monitoring Who

Enters and Leaves the Premises At All Times

Care arrangements for children in Australian society vary significantly from family

to family and even within sibling groups. It is imperative that childcare

professionals and other childcare service employees are informed and remain up

to date about who has legal access to a child and information about that child.

At all times anyone entering the centre

must be supervised. It is not appropriate

to just allow people to wander through

the centre unsupervised when children

are in your care.

Your centre will have a policy for

attending to visitors which should be

followed for the safety of all staff and

children in the centre. Such policies

might be that every person that enters

your child care centre signs a visitors book and that the staff member on duty check

the identity of the person who is entering the centre and logs it down in the book.

Childcare service providers should use a verification procedure, such as a driver’s

licence check, to ensure only authorised persons are permitted to collect a child. If

an unauthorised person presents to collect a child, the child’s parent (or if a parent

is unavailable, an authorised person) should be immediately informed and

authorisation for that person to collect the child obtained if appropriate.

All childcare service providers must have a policy that clearly sets out procedural

arrangements for the collection of children. State and territory licensing and

regulatory processes for the provision of childcare services stipulate that a child

may only be collected from a childcare service by a parent or authorised person.

The National Quality Standards under the National Quality Framework reiterate

this position.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 257

Childcare service enrolment forms should therefore require detailed written

information about each person authorised to collect a child, including the person’s

full name, residential address, telephone number and relationship to the child.

Any trades person that enters the centre will also have to provide all details of their

identity and contractor details as well as the reason for attendance at the centre.

5. Sun Safety

Children are typically in care when daily ultraviolet (UV) radiation levels are at their

peak, meaning they are uniquely placed to educate about sun protection behaviour,

minimise UVR exposure and ultimately reduce a child’s lifetime risk of skin cancer.

Every centre should have the following

 have a written sun protection policy meeting minimum standards relating to

curriculum, behaviour and the environment

 be working to increase shade

 reschedule/minimise outdoor activities during peak UV periods of the year

 educate, model and reinforce positive sun protection behaviour

Current research suggests that childhood exposure to UV radiation contributes

significantly to the development of skin cancer in later life. Educating children and

reducing their UV exposure is expected to have a major impact on the future incidence

of skin cancer in Australia.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 258 © Compliant Learning Resources

Sun-safe Activities

 Planning the day’s activities to minimise the children’s exposure to the sun,

especially between 10am and 3pm.

 Covering as much of the children’s skin as possible with loose fitting clothes.

 Choosing a hat with a broad-brim or in a legionnaire style so the face, neck and

ears are protected.

 Make use of available full shade and provide shade in the play area. The

material used should cast a dark shadow.

 Infants and young children should be regularly checked to ensure clothing, hat

and shade positioning to ensure he/she continues to be well protected from UV

radiation.

 Apply a SPF30+ broad spectrum water resistant sunscreen. Broad spectrum

water resistant sunscreen (SPF 30+) may be applied to any small areas of skin

that cannot be protected by clothing (such as face, ears, and backs of hands).

Sunscreen will need to be applied 20 minutes before going outside and

reapplied every couple of hours or more often if it has been wiped or washed

off.

Early childhood services across Australia can also be awarded SunSmart status and

acknowledged for their past and ongoing efforts around skin cancer prevention.

Contact the Cancer council for further details.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 259

Slip, Slop, Slap, Seek, Slide

The Cancer Councils new Sun Safety program details important and easy messages

that can be taught to children. Go to their website for copies of the song and lyrics for

the “SunSmart Countdown.”

Source: SunSmart Countdown

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 260 © Compliant Learning Resources

6. Excursions

6.1. Planning

The Education and Care Services National Regulations 100-102 state the

requirements for an excursion including risk assessment and authorisation for

excursions. There are no explicit child: educator ratios for excursions stated in the

new regulations, instead services are required to undertake a risk assessment prior

to an excursion to identify any risks and how these will be managed and minimised.

This includes how many adults will be needed to adequately supervise the group of

children on the excursion.

The risk assessment MUST consider:

 items to be taken on the excursion

 the minimum educator to child ratio required under the National

Regulations(that would be used while at the centre)

 whether a higher ratio of educators (or other responsible adults, such as

parent helpers) is appropriate to provide supervision given the risks posed

by the excursion

 the proposed route and destination

 any water hazards

 risks associated with water-based activities

 transport to and from the proposed destination

 number of adults and children

 proposed activities

 proposed duration

 whether any specialised skills are required to ensure children's safety.

While an increased educator to child ratio for excursions is not specified in the

National Regulations, there is a requirement to adequately supervise children at all

times. A thorough risk assessment should determine whether minimum ratios are

sufficient to provide adequate supervision of children while attending an

excursion.

An excursion risk assessment template is provided by the ACECQA for centres.

Please follow the link below to view the ACECQA Excursion risk management plan

in the Sparkling Stars resources.

Sparkling Stars Childcare Templates

(Username: newusername Password: newpassword)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 261

Excursion Risk Management Plan

EXAMPLE EXCURSION RISK MANAGEMENT PLAN

Excursion destination insert Date(s) of excursion: insert

Description of Destination Describe the type of destination e.g. Library, park, swimming pool, farm, nature walk

Destination Address Need the address so parents know where to contact/collect children if required

Proposed Departure Time insert Proposed Return Time insert

Estimated Travel time to Estimation of travel time TO

destination

Estimated Travel time

from

Estimation of travel time FROM

destination

Destination Contact insert Destination Phone insert

Method of transport,

including proposed route

Bus, cards, train etc…

Planned Stops or Breaks For extended travelling times or for lunch rest breaks, toilet stops

Name of excursion co-

ordinator

Who is organising the excursion?

Contact number of excursion

co-ordinator

(BH) their work number (M) Their mobile number (remember that by law staff must be

contactable at all times or have access to a phone when supervising

children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 262 © Compliant Learning Resources

Number of Attending

Children

insert Age Range of Children Break into groups

0-1, 2-4, 5+ etc…

Number of educators Does number reflect staff to child

ratios

Number of

parents/volunteers

insert

*Educator to child ratio, including whether this

excursion warrants a higher ratio?

Please provide details.

As per standards

*Proposed activities Detail each of the different activities that will be planned for the children

Water hazards? Yes/No

If yes, detail in risk assessment

below.

How will you ensure that

children are well supervised?

i.e. Head counts

List the strategies used to supervise children effectively

*Food and drink

arrangements:

List menus

*Toileting arrangements:

Detail for each stop/rest area as well as destination

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 263

*Excursion resources:

Detail the resources required

What information needs to be

included on the permission

slip?

Detail the different information that must be provided to parents/guardians

What information will you

need to include on your

emergency contact list?

detail parents/guardians plus alternative contacts

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 264 © Compliant Learning Resources

Excursion checklist (Tick whichever items are required)

emergency services

Medication (i.e. EpiPens, Inhalers)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 265

Risk assessment (Example)

Activity Hazard identified Risk assessment

(use matrix below)

Elimination/control

measures

Who is

Responsible?

When?

Swimming Drowning Extreme • Increased

supervision

• Flotation devices

• Controlled swimming

areas (depth)

All staff

When children near

swimming areas

Outdoor activities

(including

swimming)

Sunburn High Sunsafety protection:

• Hats

• Sunscreen (SPF 30+)

• Sunsafe clothing

All staff

• Prior to going

outside

• Sunscreen

refreshed every

1 hr; and

• After swimming

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 266 © Compliant Learning Resources

Risk Matrix

Consequence

L ik

e li h

o o

d

Insignificant Minor Moderate Major Catastrophic A

lm o

s t

c e

rt a

in

Moderate High High Extreme Extreme

L ik

e ly

Moderate Moderate High Extreme Extreme

P o

s s ib

le

Low Moderate High High Extreme

U n

li k e

ly

Low Low Moderate High High

R a

re

Low Low Low Moderate High

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 267

Plan prepared by Staff member name Staff member name Staff member name

Prepared in consultation with: Staff member name

Communicated to: Management, participating staff, parents/guardians

Venue and safety information reviewed and attached Yes / No

Comment if needed:

Reminder: Monitor the effectiveness of controls and change if necessary. Review the risk assessment if an incident or

significant change occurs.

This plan has been adapted from the Guide to the EYLF and is available on the Sparkling Stars Intranet.

Visit the excursion venue or location in advance so the staff can identify risks and

include them in their risk management plan.

The mandatory educator to child ratios must be followed during your excursion. AS

you would expect the adult to child ratio should be higher on an excursion than when

staff and children are at the centre. (Parents or guardians may also be available to help

during the excursion).

Do a head counts or roll calls at pivotal points throughout the excursion including

getting on and getting off transport, arrival and departure from the venue, food, drink

and toileting breaks.

Other ways to ensure children’s safety include allocating small groups of children to

each educator or adult and to use the bubby system where children are allocated a peer

bubby to stay with for the duration of the excursion.

Parents need to be fully informed of the excursion details and have provided

written consent for their child to participate. Parent permission form should

include information including:

 the child’s name,

 the reasons for the excursion,

 the date and time of the excursion,

 description of the excursion

 method of transport,

 the proposed activities to be undertaken by the child during the excursion,

 the period the child will be away from the premises,

 the anticipated number of children likely to be attending the excursion,

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 269

 the anticipated ratio of educators attending the excursion to the anticipated

number of children attending the excursion,

 the anticipated number of staff members and any other adults who will

accompany and supervise the children on the excursion,

 cost of the excursion

 that a risk assessment has been prepared and is available at the service.

NOTE: If the excursion is a regular outing, the authorisation is only required to

be obtained once in a 12 month period.

Other questions you will need to answer include:

 What will the weather be like?

 Are the activities on the excursion developmentally appropriate for the age

and abilities of the children?

 The best time of day to suit the majority of the children?

 Are there any special requirements needed during the excursion?

 What resources do you require? (essentials include water, food, first aid kit,

change of clothes, mobile phone, sunscreen)

Allowing the children to assist age appropriately, and let them be part of the

planning can add to their enjoyment of the excursion, as well as assisting them be

aware of rules and limits.

Preparing Children for an Excursion

 Prepare children for excursions, telling them about where they are going and

what to expect. This increases their interest and makes it more likely that

they will stay focused and with the group.

 Research with the children about the place you are going and interesting

facts about what you might see and learn. Example: provide activities about

the topic of the excursion, read stories, talk about children’s past

experiences or use the internet to research.

 Discuss the rules and expectations before each excursion. Example: Create

booklet or poster with the children with the rules and expectations of the

excursion.

 Remind why rules are necessary. Allow children to ask questions and tell

others who may be new to the service about the rules. If children feel

ownership of them and if they think they are fair and understand why they

exist, they are more likely to cooperate.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 270 © Compliant Learning Resources

What to Take on the Excursion

As part of the risk assessment you need to list items you need to take on the

excursion.

Items include:

 A first aid kit,

 Medication (if required), e.g. EpiPen® if a child has anaphylaxis or asthma

medication for children with asthma.

 Mobile phone

 List of all children attending and emergency contact numbers.

 Sunscreen

 Tissues

 Face wipes

 Spare clothing

 Water and food

6.2. Provide Detailed Information to Families Regarding Any

Excursion Being Undertaken

When planning an excursion it is important

that you as a child care worker ensure that

safety checks are consistently implemented

and action is taken as a result of the checks.

Excursions, services must comply with the

various requirements of state and territory

licensing bodies and/or National standards.

A greater ratio of carers to children will

often be required when taking children on

an excursion outside the centre.

Extra diligence is required by carers to

ensure children are closely supervised during excursions. Careful advance planning of

destinations, transport, meals and toilet breaks will help to identify potential hazards

and to determine the level of supervision required.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 271

If additional adults are required to assist with the excursion, they will need to be fully

informed of the supervisory and safety requirements. It can be useful to allocate a

specific group of children to each supervisor for the whole excursion.

Children can be closely monitored by regular head counts throughout the excursion.

Supervisors should remain in close proximity to the children at all times. If the

excursion is near water extra precautions and supervision will be required.

Source: http://ncac.acecqa.gov.au/educator-resources/pcf-

articles/Supervision_in_Children%27s_Services_Sept05.pdf

Authorisation for Removal of a Child

When a staff member or family day carer takes a child outside the premises, the family

day carer’s residence or family day care venue, the proprietor must ensure that the

parent or guardian provides written authorisation.

The authorisation must state:

 The reason the child is to be taken outside the premises

 The date the child is to be taken on the excursion

 The proposed destination for the excursion

 The method of transport to be used for the excursion

 The proposed activities to be undertaken by the child during the excursion

 The period the child will be away from the premises

 The number of staff members, family day carers, and any other responsible

person who will accompany and supervise the child on the excursion

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 272 © Compliant Learning Resources

Authorisation for Routine Outings

A staff member or a family day carer may take a child

on a routine outing if written authorisation has been

given by the child’s parent or guardian within the

previous 12 months. However obtaining

authorisation more regularly would be advisable.

 Authorisations are also required for the

regular practice fire drills done as they will generally involve children leaving

the premises

 Authorisations for routine outings must be distinguished from those required

for excursions: A separate risk assessment is required for each excursion prior

to the excursion taking place

 Authorisation may be given by a parent or guardian or other person named in

the child’s enrolment record as having lawful authority to authorise the taking

of the child outside the premises, family day care residence or family day care

venue by a staff member or family day carer

6.3. Supervision on Excursions

Constant and effective supervision cannot be over emphasised. Many excursions

include travelling, visiting public places and using public toilets. These are all high

risk areas for children.

To minimise these risks it is important to provide appropriate adult-to-child ratios

and supervision.

Giving responsible adults that are assisting with the excursion, clear instructions

of their responsibilities and role. Adults role and responsibilities include:

 holding children’s hands,

 having allocated children in their view at all times,

 ensuring children are supervised when going to the toilet, sitting with

children when travelling,

 monitoring children’s behaviour and setting safety limits (Example, guiding

and directing children’s safe and appropriate behaviour)

While on the excursion, educator and other supervising adults need to remind

children of the rules and expectations. You can do this by using language to provide

positive reinforcement, modelling the correct and expected behaviours and

reminding or questioning children as a group during the excursion to reinforce

expected behaviours.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 273

Road Safety

It is important that children under 4-5 years hold an adults hand when crossing

the road. Older children may hold each other’s hands while under the supervision

of adults. All children should have road safety education and this can start from a

very young age. Before going on an excursion it is important to prepare the children

and this can include

 role playing and having dramatic play opportunities for crossing the road.

Example: Set-up a pedestrian crossing or a set of lights for the children to

role play safe road crossing procedures,

 if travelling in cars of a bus learn about wearing seatbelts and learn songs or

use black crepe paper to attach chair to role-play putting on seat belts and

travelling on a bus.

 reading books, using puzzles, games or watching videos to demonstrate road

safety procedures.

REMEMBER adults are role models for children and it is essential that we model

the correct behaviour when crossing the road.

 Always cross at lights and crossings where possible,

 Practice correct road crossing procedures. STOP, LOOK, LISTEN!

 Do not walk from behind a car.

 Teach children about the GREEN and RED light signs- Green is good and

red is danger.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 274 © Compliant Learning Resources

6.4. Safely Transport Children in Vehicles

Car Restraints

By law, children must be restrained at all times when travelling in a car in Australia.

All Australian car restraints must comply with Australian Safety Standards. When

fitted correctly, car restraints have proven to be very effective in preventing injuries

to children in a crash. It is essential that the car restraint manufacturer's

instructions be followed exactly. Take the time to check that the restraint is fitted

correctly every time you put a child in a vehicle.

When choosing a restraint it is important to consider whether it will fit into your

vehicle, will passengers in the front seats be comfortable with the restraint in place,

is there enough head room in the vehicle to allow you to lift the child in and out of

the restraint, and are the seat belt and tether straps long enough to secure the

restraint. There are two ways of attaching the tether strap to your vehicle. These

are the anchor bolt (pre 1992) which has a key-hole fitting and the anchor bolt (post

1992) which has a hook fitting.

Source: http://www.childsafetyawareness.com/safety-tips/18-car-restraints

As you can see from the below that there are a number of restraints, it is important

that as a child care worker (and parent) that if you are using any of these type of

restraints that you are fully aware on how to use them correctly to ensure that

maximum safety of the child.

Baby Restraints

Babies which weigh up to 9kg or are up to 700mm long (usually up to 6 months of

age) are most suitably restrained in a rearward-facing infant restraint. Infant

restraints face rearward as most crashes occur in a forward position. The impact is

distributed and jarring of the neck and head is minimised. Infant restraints utilise

an upper tether strap and a rear adult seat belt.

These restraints are commonly referred to as a 'baby capsule'.

 It is recommended that a baby stay in a rearward facing position for as long

as possible as this is the safest way to travel.

 Every time you use an infant restraint you must

check that the body band or harness is adjusted so

that it fits the baby as snugly as possible.

 If you use a baby rug, place it over the baby after

you have secured the baby into the restraint.

 Shoulder straps will need to be adjusted as the

baby grows so that they come from the slots closest

to the baby's shoulders.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 275

Toddler Seats

Children weighing between 8 and 18kg or approximately 6 months to 4 years are

most suitably restrained in forward-facing toddler seats. Toddler seats are attached

to the car using an adult seat belt and an upper tether strap.

Toddler seats have a six point harness system to secure the child.

 Every time you use the restraint you need to check that the seat belt is firm

and that the straps are tightened to fit snugly and

are not twisted.

 Refer to the manufacturer's instructions to ensure

that you know how to adjust the harness system.

 The shoulder straps will need to be adjusted as the

child grows to ensure that they come from the slots

closest to the child's shoulders.

 Continue to use the toddler seat until your child

has outgrown the restraint

Booster Seats

Booster seats are available for children who have outgrown their toddler seat or

weigh between 14 and 26kg. These limits vary according to different seats so check

the manufacturer's guidelines. A booster seat raises the

height of the child so that the adult seat belt fits the child

properly.

It is best to wait until the child understands not to touch

the seat belt before promoting him or her to the booster

seat.

 Booster seats are held in place by the child's body

and the lap sash seat belt in the car. It is

recommended that an h-harness be used in combination with a booster seat.

 Children should use a booster seat until the height of the child’s eyes is at

the same level as the vehicle seat back or head rest.

 Some booster seats have 'horns' or guides to help ensure that the seat belt is

passing around the child at the correct level. Alternatively a sash guide can

be purchased and used with an adult lap sash belt.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 276 © Compliant Learning Resources

Harnesses

Child harnesses are suitable for children weighing between 14 and 32kg. An h-

harness looks similar to a racing driver's harness. It has two straps coming down

over each shoulder and a connecting strap between the two. H-harnesses are used

with a seat belt.

Harnesses can be used with a booster seat until the child

grows out of the seat and then alone in the rear seat of the car.

Some harnesses are supplied with a buckle which allows the

harness to be used with lap/sash belts.

Harnesses are very useful when travelling in a taxi or

transporting extra children whom you do not have a child seat

for as they are very portable.

Special Needs

Children with special needs such as those who are in plaster casts and others who

have medical conditions or developmental delay, sometime require specialised

restraint options.

 The safety consultants at the Safety Centre can assist in finding options for

transporting children with special needs.

 The 'TADVIC' buckle cover is designed so that children cannot undo the seat

belt buckle.

 The 'Securap' is a band which brings the shoulder straps of toddler seats

closer together so that young children cannot flex their arms out of the

harness system.

 A 'special needs harness' is available when a child cannot be secured into a

child seat.

 Occupational therapists and paediatricians can often suggest options for

transporting children with special needs.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 277

Travelling with Children

Travelling with children can be a trying time. Remember to allow a little extra time

so that tension is minimised. Praise good behaviour.

 Often children try to escape from their restraint. Handle this problem as

soon as it starts by explaining the rules that you can't go anywhere unless

the seat belts are all buckled. Reward good behaviour.

 Talk or sing when you are travelling with children to make the time pass

more quickly. Save special games to be played in the car such as 'I spy' so

that children realise that travelling is a special time.

 If you have both an active toddler and a baby, take the baby out of the car

safely before the active toddler gets out.

 Take regular breaks when driving to minimise the distress to both driver

and passengers

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 278 © Compliant Learning Resources

CHAPTER 6. MANAGE INCIDENTS AND

EMERGENCIES

1. Develop Plans to Effectively Manage Incidents and Emergencies

“Planning to manage incidents and emergencies assists services to:

 protect children, adults and staff

 maintain children’s wellbeing and a safe environment

 meet the requirements of relevant workplace health and safety legislation.

Having a clear plan for the management and communication of incidents and

emergencies assists educators to handle these calmly and effectively, reducing the risk

of further harm or damage.”

Source: Guide to the National Quality Standard, 2018

A service can meet the NQS requirements by implementing the following:

 emergency procedures displayed prominently throughout the premises

 educators given ready access to an operating telephone or other similar means

of communication at all times

 emergency telephone numbers displayed near telephones

 educators and co-ordinators having ready access to emergency equipment, such

as fire extinguishers and fire blankets.

It is important as part of your risk assessment process that you have your emergency

plans looked over by the appropriate authorities to ensure that you have covered the

risks appropriately. This will also meet the recommendation of NQS Element 2.2.2

which recommends that centres ensure that “Plans to effectively manage incidents and

emergencies are developed in consultation with relevant authorities, practised

and implemented.”

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 279

What types of emergencies need to be considered?

Emergency events could include:

 Fire at the premises

 Bomb threat

 Threatening intruder

 Gas leak or chemical spill

 Natural disaster such as bushfire, flooding and severe storms

 Medical situations requiring emergency services to be contacted

If you require advice in developing your emergency evacuation plan contact or consult

with your local fire, police, ambulance or emergency services authority.

Emergency Management Plan Template

A full Emergency Management Plan template for Early Childhood is available on the

Sparkling Stars Intranet:

Sparkling Stars Childcare Centre Templates

(Username: newusername - Password: newpassword)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 280 © Compliant Learning Resources

An Example of a Risk Assessment Completed for Emergency Situations:

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 281

1.1. Ensure Emergency Procedures Should Be Displayed Prominently

Throughout the Premises

An approved service is required to have policies and procedures

which set out instructions for what must be done in an

emergency and to have an emergency and evacuation floor plan.

The policies and procedures must be based on a risk assessment

that identified any potential emergencies relevant to the service.

The emergency and evacuation floor plan, and instructions

should be displayed in a prominent position near each exit at the service premises.

The approved provider must also ensure that emergency and evacuation

procedures are rehearsed every three months by the staff members, volunteers and

children present at the service on the day of the rehearsal. The responsible person

present at the time must also participate in the rehearsal.

The rehearsals must be documented, such as on a specific Emergency Evacuation

Rehearsal register, or noted in a centre diary or communications book.

If the approved service caters for children over preschool age, they should plan

rehearsals to cover before and after school sessions, and vacation care.

An example of an evacuation plan is below:

National Regulations: Regulations 97, 168

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 282 © Compliant Learning Resources

1.2. Make Certain that All Educators Have Ready Access to a Phone or

Similar Means of Communication

Whilst working at the child care centre, it is important that staff have ready access

to a phone or similar means of communication, so as to be able to have contact in

case of an emergency situation arising.

National Regulations: Regulation 98 (Telephone

or other communication equipment) states that

the approved service must ensure that, when

educating or caring for children as part of the

service, the nominated supervisor and staff

members of the service have ready access to an

operating telephone or other similar means of

communication to enable immediate

communication to and from parents and emergency services.

This includes when children leave the premises, such as on an excursion or a

routine walk to the local park.

Telephones should be located where educators can easily access them without

leaving children unsupervised. If this is a mobile phone, it must be capable of

making and receiving calls. That is not locked for outgoing calls or out of credit.

NQS Compliance: Assessors conducting a site audit for compliance against the NQS Element 2.2.2 will be looking to see if educators having ready access to an operating telephone or other similar means of communication.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 283

1.3. Ensure Emergency Numbers are Located near Telephones

As a child care worker you not only have a duty of care to other staff member but

mainly to the children you look after as well as their parents who attend the centre.

It is very important that Emergency numbers are located near the telephone

systems/handpieces so as to be available if and when needed.

Some of the important emergency contacts are:

Emergency Contact Telephone Number:

Police

Fire

Ambulance

Triple Zero (000)

State Emergency Service (SES) 132 500

Poisons Information Centre 13 11 26

NQS Compliance: Assessors conducting a site audit for compliance against the NQS Element 2.2.2 will be looking to see if emergency telephone numbers are displayed near telephones.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 284 © Compliant Learning Resources

2. Communicate Information to Families About the Service’s Emergency

Procedures and Incident Management Plans

Your centre must have policy and procedures that cover emergencies and/or

evacuations and will detail the process you must follow when faced with an emergency

situation.

This information must also be supplied to all families upon enrolment and updated

when any changes to procedures occur.

You can communicate this information to families about the service’s emergency

procedures and incident management plans in a variety of ways; for example:

 Enrolment packs

 Information booklets

 Notice board signs

 Newsletters

 Procedure manual available for parents/carers to view

2.1. Discuss and Practise Emergency Drills With Children, Educators

and Any Other People On the Premises

The approved provider must ensure that emergency and evacuation procedures

are rehearsed every three months by the staff members, volunteers and children

present at the service on the day of the rehearsal. The responsible person present

at the time must also participate in the rehearsal.

The rehearsals must be documented, such as on a specific Emergency Evacuation

Rehearsal register, or noted in a centre diary or communications book.

If the approved service caters for children over preschool age, they should plan

rehearsals to cover before and after school sessions, and vacation care.

It is important that staff discuss and practise emergency drills with children, so

they have an understanding what is required when they hear an emergency

warning.

When conducting orientation and induction for new staff/carers and relief staff an

overview of emergency procedures should always be included.

National Regulations: Regulations 97, 168

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 285

This will constantly ensure that all staff and carers are fully aware of their roles and

responsibilities when they are present in the event of an emergency situation.

Orientation strategies should also be considered for visitors, volunteers and

parents who may spend time engaged within children’s programs at the service.

2.2. Ensure That Emergency Equipment is Available and Tested and

Staff are Trained In the Use of It

It is important that the staff at the

child care centre ensure that all

emergency equipment is available

and tested and that all staff are

trained in the use of it.

This emergency equipment

includes:

 Fire extinguishers

 Fire alarms

 Fire blankets

 Automated external defibrillator (AED)

 Epi-pens

All staff should be trained in how to use all equipment. Training can include:

 In service or professional development training

 Training by the emergency services

 Online training

There will be procedures relating to the use and operation of all emergency

equipment in your centre and you should ensure you locate, read and understand

the procedures as they relate your role in the centre.

The centre will need to arrange for regular servicing and maintenance of emergency

equipment. All equipment should only be maintained by qualified personnel, and

any maintenance carried out should be recorded, and a copy of that maintenance

should be kept at the centre.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 286 © Compliant Learning Resources

Types of Fire Extinguishers

Below is a list of fire extinguisher types and their uses. You should ensure you

understand what extinguisher is used for what purpose to ensure the safety of all

staff visitors and children in your centre. You should also frequently advise staff of

the uses for each extinguisher. It may seem a repetitive task if you are repeating the

same information however; you need to ensure that in an emergency staff use the

correct extinguisher for the correct type of fire. For example: it would be dangerous

to anyone in the centre and possible in the vicinity if a staff member used a RED

water extinguisher on an electrical fire.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 287

Other Emergency Safety Equipment

Automated external defibrillator

AEDs are designed to be used by

laypersons who ideally should have

received AED training. However, sixth-

grade students have been reported to

begin defibrillation within 90 seconds, as

opposed to a trained operator beginning

within 67 seconds.

Fire Blanket

A fire blanket is a safety device designed

to extinguish small incipient (starting) fires.

It consists of a sheet of fire retardant

material which is placed over a fire in order

to smother it

First Aid Kit

The centre should have a number of these

available. Plus an extra for

excursions/outings.

Manual Fire Alarm Activator

In a larger centre and many larger public

buildings you may see these activators

typically located throughout the property.

Simply break the glass and press the button

inside to activate. The fire department is

automatically notified in these

circumstances.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 288 © Compliant Learning Resources

Home Fire Alarm

These alarms are activated by smoke or

heat as well as by fire. Every centre should

have these installed and be aware of

maintenance responsibilities. (see diagram

below)

Recommended Locations for Fire Safety Equipment

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 289

3. Maintain a Portable Record of Children’s Emergency Contacts In Case

of Emergencies

Each child care centre must maintain the information needed to protect children’s and

staff’s health and safety during emergencies.

The centre must maintain an emergency “ready-to-go” file which includes copies of

sign-in/sign-out forms, medication administration forms, and incident/injury forms.

A responsible staff person must be assigned to take the emergency “ready-to-go” file.

Additionally, there must be an assigned back-up for this person, should they be off-

site or unable to fulfil this responsibility

The centre must maintain a daily sign-in and sign-out sheet that includes:

 The first and last names of staff, volunteers and children

 The times of arrival and departure for staff, volunteers and children

 The names of visitors (times of arrival and departure)

 In the event of an emergency, a staff person must be assigned to be responsible

to take this list to the pre-identified evacuation site or safe area in the facility

When it is necessary to evacuate a child care centre or family child care home, certain

records must be taken along so the staff and providers can continue to provide care for

children at the temporary location and communicate with parents, staff and key

contacts. When an emergency occurs there may not be time to gather these materials

together before evacuation is required. Some materials, such as copies of each child’s

individual information, parent contact information, information on children and

adults with special needs, information to facilitate family reunification (such as release

forms) as well as blank incident/injury forms can be kept in the file and the other

materials added daily (e.g., sign-in sheets). If copies of the latter materials are made

at the beginning of the day and placed in the file, the program will be able to evacuate

the facility more quickly.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 290 © Compliant Learning Resources

CHAPTER 7. PROMOTE HEALTHY EATING

“Good nutrition is essential to healthy living and enables children to be active

participants in play and leisure. Education and care settings provide many

opportunities for children to experience a range of healthy foods and to learn about

food choices from educators and other children

Source: Early Years Learning Framework, page 30; Framework for School Age Care, page 30

Infants, children and adolescents need sufficient nutritious food to grow and develop

normally. The focus should be on maintaining a rate of growth consistent with the

norms for age, sex and stage of physiological maturity.

Relative to their body weight, children’s nutrient and energy requirements are greater

than those of adults. Children are nutritionally vulnerable up to around 5 years of age,

after which their growth rate slows and their nutritional needs reduce relative to their

body size. As a child’s rate of growth is a fundamental indicator of nutritional status

and health and wellbeing, parents, carers and health professionals must be responsive

to the developmental and nutritional needs of children.

The ‘Australian Guide to Healthy Eating’, has introduced what is called Foundation

Diets which “represent the basis of optimum diets for infants, children and

adolescents. Sufficient nutritious foods must be provided to support optimum growth

and development in all children.”

Element 2.2.1 Healthy eating is promoted and food and drinks provided by the

service are nutritious and appropriate for each child.

EYLF Outcome 3: Children have a strong sense of wellbeing.

Educators in Early Education and Care centres need to create a variety of opportunities

for children to learn about healthy lifestyles, including the nutritional information

about the foods they eat. Children need to learn that good nutrition is essential to

healthy living and enables children to be active participants in play.

“Physical wellbeing contributes to children’s ability to concentrate, cooperate and

learn. As children become more independent they can take greater responsibility for

their health, hygiene and personal care and become mindful of their own and others’

safety.”

Source: Belonging, Being, Becoming, pg.30

•Children’s health and safetyQA2

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 291

1. Experiences, Conversations and Routines

Establishing good mealtime routines in childhood helps with maintaining a regular

meal pattern throughout adolescence and adulthood. A regular meal pattern forms the

foundation for a healthy, balanced diet. Children have small stomachs, and their

energy and nutrient requirements are best met through small and frequent nutritious

meals and snacks.

Safe and Positive Mealtimes

As educators, you need to be close enough to supervise the children and monitor their

safety while they are eating. This is essential for the children’s safety during mealtimes.

Hazards such as allergic reaction and choking are just a couple of the concerns which

can affect children during mealtimes. It is essential that children are given appropriate

foods which reflect both their age and developmental capabilities.

Choking Risks for Toddlers and Young Children

When children inhale or ingest food it can easily lead to a blockage of their airways as

they are small in comparison to adults. Children should be always be supervised and

seated whenever they are eating.

It is not recommended for children to be given hard, small, round and/or sticky solid

foods because they can cause choking and aspiration.

Certain food items pose a greater choking risk to young children, these are:

 hard food that can break into smaller lumps or pieces

 raw carrots, celery and apple pieces, which should be grated, finely sliced,

cooked or mashed to prevent choking

 nuts, seeds and popcorn

 tough or chewy pieces of meat

 sausages and hot dogs, which should be either skinless or have the skin

removed, and be cut into small pieces.

Hard lollies and corn chips also present a choking risk, but these should not be offered

in the service as they are ‘discretionary’ choices. Extra care should be taken with these

foods.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 292 © Compliant Learning Resources

Food Intolerances

Reactions due to food intolerance are usually less severe than those of food allergy,

and a larger dose of the suspect food is usually required to cause a reaction.

Symptoms include:

 headaches,

 skin rashes, and

 stomach upsets

Work with parents to develop a plan to manage a child’s food intolerance – this may

include minimising the child’s exposure to particular foods.

Using Routines

Early childhood Education and Care services provide many opportunities for children

to experience a range of healthy foods and to learn about food choices from educators

and other children.

Routines that you establish with the children can provide many opportunities for

children to learn about and practice health and safety.

 Getting children to wash their hands before snacks, lunch, after going to the

toilet

 Brushing teeth after a meal

As children get older and develop more skills it is important to involve them in the set

up and clean-up of the mealtime routine. Toddler and pre-school age children can

begin to assist in setting the tables, serving themselves using tongs and scrapping their

bowls into the scrap bowls. Children can also take turns of emptying scrap bowls. If

your centre has a worm farm or compost, this is also a great way to reinforce

environmentally sustainable practices with the children.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 293

2. Model, Reinforce and Implement Healthy Eating and Nutrition

Practices

Both parents and carers can support quality optimal dietary patterns by modelling

behaviours and purchasing and preparing nutritious foods.

Mealtimes should be a relaxed and enjoyable experience where the educators can role

model positive eating habits and join in conversations with the children. Seating

children together in small groups with an educator allows for good communication

and a relaxed, social atmosphere where children are given time to eat and enjoy their

meal.

Both educators and parents have a big influence on the children and what they learn

about food. Children learn a lot by watching what you do and from listening to you. By

sitting with children at meals and demonstrating healthy eating behaviours, talking

about food and nutrition, children can learn good eating habits.

Some important points about this role include:

 Sitting with children during meals and snacks.

 When providing food, eat the same food as the children.

 Encourage children to taste all the foods offered at a meal or snack.

 Never give or deny food as a reward or punishment.

 Make sure the social environment is calm and positive.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 294 © Compliant Learning Resources

3. Support and Guide Children to Eat Healthy Food

Kitchen Fun

One way of getting children interested in healthy food is to let them be involved in the

preparation and cooking of food. There are many simple recipes around that children

could quite easily assist you with.

Look for different ways of presenting the food as well, you don’t need to be a gourmet

chef to make the food look good. Think of interesting ways to present the food, which

will inspire the children and get them, talking, telling stories, playing and learning

about their food.

Bring the children's attention to the shape of the whole fruit, how it grows, the texture

of the skin, the smell, and let them explore the seeds.

Compare the seeds of one fruit to the seeds of another. Collect seeds from all the fruits

and look at them all together.

By showing a positive healthy interest in food is providing a healthy role model that

will assist the children to develop a positive attitude of their won towards food.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 295

Dress Up the Room

To help children enjoy mealtimes you can make the meal area attractive and relaxed,

with appropriate sized furniture. Most child care centers use a child-sized table and

chairs for meals. Family child care providers may use child-sized furniture or arrange

chairs, high chairs, and booster seats around the family table.

Let the children dress up the room with tablecloths, flowers and other decorations.

Some simple origami folds make beautiful serviettes for the table and can help create

a more home-like environment at mealtimes or let them role play going out to a café

or restaurant.

Seating children together in small groups will stimulate good communication skills

and a relaxed atmosphere. Be prepared to move around and sit with different groups

of children to assist and support them.

Appropriate Size Serving Utensils

Provide appropriately sized servings and easy to use utensils so children can manage

by themselves, but always be prepared to assist and support them in learning as hands

will still be used while children learn the art of using a fork, or a spoon, especially

babies and toddlers. Provide child-sized utensils for eating. Small spoons are essential.

A plate with edges or a small, shallow bowl helps young children to scoop up their food

more easily. Use serving utensils that make it easier to serve the right size portions of

food. Utensils should be easy to handle, implements such as tongs, smaller serving

spoons and scoops work well.

Even try using serving utensils of a different colour. Having all serving utensils the

same colour, and a different colour from eating utensils, will help children distinguish

cooking and serving utensils from eating utensils. It’s easier for children to remember

not to lick the red spoon. If you can’t find coloured plastic utensils, mark serving

utensil handles with vinyl tape. This tape lasts a long time and stays on well in the

dishwasher.

Serve finger foods frequently. Foods such as small meat or cheese cubes, vegetable

sticks and fruit chunks teach coordination to children. Finger foods are a good way to

introduce new foods.

Learning eating skills can be messy. Encourage children to help you clean up spills.

Place a drop cloth or old shower curtain on the floor to make clean-up easier. Have

paper towels and a sponge handy. A spill is not a catastrophe, but rather an

opportunity to help children learn.

Use plastic squeeze bottles as children can squeeze jellies, peanut butter, mustard,

mayonnaise, ketchup, and other spreadable ingredients onto their foods.

Meal conversations assist in providing relaxed and enjoyable experiences where staff

role model positive eating habits and talk about the food that they are eating as

learning extensions.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 296 © Compliant Learning Resources

Some things you can talk about include:

 the name of the food,

 the taste of the food,

 the colour of the food,

 the texture of the food,

 how the food helps them grow

You might also talk to children about:

 whether they have tasted this food before?

 what it feels like?

 what it smells like?

 where it comes from?

4. Activity Ideas to Encourage Healthy Nutrition

Using food throughout your program can teach children about where food comes from

and how it is prepared and the nutritional values of food. Cooking experiences are also

opportunities for children to practice mathematical and science concepts.

Some simple ideas include:

 Home corner

 Restaurant/cafe play

 Shop dramatic play

 If you have fruit trees or a vegetable garden, allow the children to help you pick

the fruit and vegetables and use them for meals. This is a very powerful way to

show children where food comes from and how it is made. Children are more

likely to taste and try new foods if they are involved in growing it.

 Implement cooking experiences and support the children to measure, count,

pour and mix the ingredients.

 Allow children to assist in preparing meals and planning menus. Children may

choose their sandwich fillings and which fruit they would like to eat.

 Involve children in excursions to the local shop to buy the ingredients for

cooking experiences. Older children can practice their writing skills by

preparing a shopping list, while younger children may be able to cut and paste

pictures from magazines. Encourage children to assist with choosing the food

items you need and discuss the nutritional value of the foods.

 Make a healthy eating collage where children identify healthy food and drink.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 297

Depending on the age group of the children, you could also introduce the ‘traffic light’

system used in many schools:

o Green – everyday, fresh foods/eat plenty

o Amber – more processed foods/eat sometimes

o Red – highly processed foods/eat occasionally

For most children who are healthy, active and growing well, there is no need to worry

about fussy eating. If a child excludes an entire food group or has a very limited range

of foods for an extended period of time, a referral to an Accredited Practising Dietician

may be helpful.

Some tips for managing fussy eaters include the following:

 Make sure that the child has not filled up on drinks or discretionary choices

before a meal or snack.

 Maintain regular mealtime routines.

 Make the mealtime enjoyable.

 Ensure that you are modelling healthy eating behaviours.

 Continue to offer foods that have been previously refused. Sometimes children

need to be exposed to a new food a few times before they will even taste it.

 Set a time limit of 20–30 minutes for a meal. After this time, remove any

uneaten food and let the child leave the table. Do not offer alternative food or

drinks until the next planned meal or snack.

HEALTHY EATING GUIDELINE

“Offer an appropriate amount of food, but allow children to decide themselves how

much they will actually eat.”

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 298 © Compliant Learning Resources

‘I’m still hungry’

Having extra food available is important if a child is still hungry. Extra servings of the

main meal or a part of the main meal can be offered, if available. If not available, offer

a small piece of fruit or a couple of crackers.

Children’s appetites will vary from day to day, but if a child constantly appears hungry

at the end of meals, discuss this with the nominated supervisor and with the child’s

family.

5. Ready Access to Water

Appropriate Drinks While In Care

It is essential that children are offered healthy drinks throughout the day to add to

their nutritional intake and to keep them hydrated.

Our bodies are made up of 50-60% water and as we are active during our day we lose

water from our bodies through sweating, going to the toilet and breathing. It is

important to replace this water to maintain good health.

Toddlers need around 1 litre of fluid a day and pre-schoolers around 1.2 litres each day

to stay hydrated (more in hot weather), this will vary from child to child and you must

consider the total volume of liquids they may have already consumed.

Most children enjoy drinking water if they get into the habit from an early age. Centres

that make water the preferred drink throughout the day, and always have water

available for children, will allow them develop the good habit of hydrating by drinking

water.

Drinking water after eating is another healthy habit for children to develop. Some

services do this as part of their dental health policy. By rinsing their mouth after a

meal, children will reduce the amount of sugars remaining on their teeth which will,

in turn, reduce the chance of decay. The condition of baby teeth will affect permanent

teeth so forming these sorts of healthy habits in early childhood will have lifelong

benefits.

HEALTHY EATING GUIDELINE

“Offer meals and snacks at regular and predictable intervals.”

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 299

Examples of how to provide water include:

 Have children’s individual drink bottle filled with clean fresh water and

available during indoor and outdoor play.

 Have a jug of water available for children during lunch, morning tea and

afternoon tea.

 Encourage children to ‘swish and swallow’ after meals and snacks.

 Throughout the day and at transition times encourage children to have a drink

of water before moving onto the next activity.

Milk or milk alternatives are also important for children to ensure they receive the

correct vitamins and minerals within their diet. Many centres serve milk at morning

tea and / or afternoon tea as part of the recommended 3 serves of dairy per day.

Appropriate Drinks for Children and Babies

Drinks 6 -12 months 1-3 years 3-5 years

Cow’s Milk Not suitable as a

drink at this age

though from 8

months small

amounts can be

added to food and

in cooking, for

example cereals.

Children will start to

be introduced to

cow’s milk from 12

months. Now

suitable as a drink

and is suitable to

replace formula.

Reduced fat cow’s

milk recommended

as a drink. Great

source of calcium.

Soy Milk (enriched

with calcium)

Not suitable. Soy

formulas are able to

be purchased.

May be used in

case of allergy to

cow’s milk or

preference of the

parents.

May be used in

case of allergy to

cow’s milk or

preference of the

parents.

Oat, rice, barley or

coconut milk

Not suitable Not suitable as a

replacement for

cow’s milk (unless

medically advised)

Not suitable as a

replacement for

cow’s milk (unless

medically advised)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 300 © Compliant Learning Resources

Water Cooled boiled water

introduced.

Encourage use of a

sipper sup. Babies

under 6 months

may be offered

cooled boiled water

in a bottle as an

extra feed during

hot weather.

Healthy choice.

Encourage children

to drink regularly.

Healthy choice.

Encourage children

to drink regularly.

Fruit Juice Not suitable Not necessary.

Not recommended

to be provided in a

child care centre. A

piece of fruit is a

healthier option.

Not necessary.

Not recommended

to be provided in a

child care centre. A

piece of fruit is a

healthier option.

Cordial, soft drinks,

flavoured mineral

water or sports

drinks.

Not suitable Not suitable Not suitable

6. Plan Food and Drinks

Our food co-ordinator, Anna, has many things to think about when she plans the

children's menu. Not only does she have to incorporate all the nutritional guidelines

but she has to make the food look and taste great too!

Educators will need to ensure that individual dietary needs and nutritional

requirements of all children are catered for. They will also need to consider:

 cultural requirements,

 individual preferences, and

 allergies and intolerances.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 301

When planning your menus, talk with families as they know their child best. Families

have specific knowledge of what the child likes to eat, any preferences and any allergies

they are prone to.

They can also provide you with information about:

 what type of milk an infant takes,

 if they have started solids yet

 how they like to feed themselves

 any routines that are followed

6.1. Planning a Menu

All children will have different tastes,

differing appetites, and a different

willingness to try new foods, and all of

these may change over time. Planning

menus that vary daily and weekly can help

ensure that children receive adequate

nutrients every day and introduce them to

a variety of healthy nutritious food

options.

When planning the menu for the week you need to consider:

 nutrients children need at different ages and stages of their development

 individual children’s special dietary needs and preferences

 cultural factors

 attractive ways to serve food that looks appealing to children

 Eat for Health: Australian Dietary Guidelines (2013) - NHMRC

 Eat for Health: Infant Feeding Guidelines (2012) - NHMRC

 Get up and Grow resources

o Get up and Grow Directors_Book

o Get up and Grow Staff_and_Carer_Book_1

o Get up and Grow_Cooking_for_Children

o Get up and Grow_Family Book

 Policies and procedures of the centre

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 302 © Compliant Learning Resources

The following link provides an example of a menu used at Sparkling Stars. Please

be aware this menu would need to be modified for younger children. These would

include babies, considering choking risk and developmental level, and children

with allergies or cultural and religious food preferences requested by their parents.

Sparkling-Stars-Sample-Menu

(Username: newusername Password: newpassword)

Your centre's food and nutrition policy should be available for parents to read in

your handbook. The centre’s menu plan for the week, should be simply presented

and placed in a prominent position where both adults and older children can see

what foods are being provided.

Discussion of the menu plan, as well as other food activities that occur in your

service, allows you to find opportunities to educate both the parents as well as the

children about healthy choices. Many parents will seek information about the types

of foods they should provide and strategies they can use to encourage their child to

eat healthy foods.

Another way of diversifying the menu is to share popular recipes with parents and

ask them for recipes that their children enjoy and you can include in some of your

menus.

Get children involved in learning about healthy eating and share their investigation

with their parents. Arrange a guest speaker to talk to parents about nutrition.

Many services also include healthy eating ideas and information in their

newsletter.

Please Note: the “Dietary Guidelines for Children and Adolescents (2003)” has been superseded by the “Eat for Health: Australian Dietary Guidelines (2013)”

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 303

7. Recommended Dietary Intake

Research conducted by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC)

has led to an approximate Recommended Dietary Intake (RDI), the RDI can guide us

in calculating the appropriate amounts of nutrients that we need to eat each day.

Under packaging laws in Australia this information must be on every food product you

buy from the supermarket.

Reading and interpreting food labels can assist in choosing healthy food choices for

children.

7.1. Read and Interpret Food Labels

Nutrition Information Panels

Nutrition information panels must contain information on the average amount of

energy, protein, fat, saturated fat, carbohydrate, sugars and sodium (salt) in the

food. In Australia, nutrition labels are required to also include data per

100g/100mL of the product, as well as per serving size. This is done to make

comparing similar products simpler for consumers.

Ingredients must be listed in descending order (by ingoing weight). This means

that when the food was manufactured, the first ingredient listed contributed the

largest amount and the last ingredient listed contributed the least.

If 20 grams of fat is listed in the ‘per 100g’ column,

this means the product is 20% fat and a high fat food.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 304 © Compliant Learning Resources

More information on Nutrition Panel Information can at the following

link:

Nutrition Panel Information: Food Labelling Brochure

Quantity Per Serve

The ‘quantity’ information is provided so you know how much is in a serving (for

example, one serve may be 6 biscuits). One thing to be aware of is that, even when

you might assume you have a single serve portion, there may in fact be multiple

serves (for example a 250ml bottle of juice may in fact be 2 serves).

Energy/Kilojoules

The energy value is the total amount of kilojoules from protein, fat,

carbohydrate, dietary fibre and alcohol that is released when food is used

by the body.

The following table looks at the typical ingredient found on nutrient labels. The

RDI given is for adults only. For children’s RDI you may have to halve the amounts

shown.

Ingredient RDI Nutrient Information

Protein

Women: 45-

60g/day

Men: 65-80g/day

Protein is essential for good health and is

particularly important for growth and

development in children. Meat, poultry, fish,

eggs, milk and cheese are animal sources of

protein. Vegetable sources of protein include

lentils, dried peas and beans, nuts and cereals.

Fat

Should be 30% of

total energy intake,

that is 70g/day.

Fat is listed in the nutrition information panel as

total fat (which is the total of the saturated fats,

trans-fat, polyunsaturated fats and

monounsaturated fats in the food).

Saturated Fat

Should be less than

10% of your total

energy intake, that

is less than

24g/day.

A separate entry must also be provided for the

amount of saturated fat in the food.

Carbohydrates

45-65% of total

energy intake (230-

310g/day).

Carbohydrates can be found in bread, cereals,

rice, pasta, milk, vegetables and fruit.

Carbohydrate in the nutrition information panel

includes starches and sugars.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 305

Sugars Experts define a

moderate intake as

about 10 per cent

of the total energy

intake per day.

Sugar is a carbohydrate and are included as

part of the carbohydrates in the nutrition

information panel as well as being listed

separately. The sugars listed will include

naturally occurring sugars, such as those found

in fruit, as well as added sugar. Remember

products with ‘no added sugar’ stated may still

contain high levels of natural sugars.

Fibre

Women: 25g/day

Men: 30g/day

Not all nutrition panels state fibre content unless

a nutrition claim is made on the label about

fibre, sugar or carbohydrate, for example ‘high

in fibre’, ‘low in sugar’.

Sodium/salt

Should be 920-

2300mg/day. An

upper limit of

1600mg is

recommended for

those with or at risk

of heart disease.

Sodium is the component of salt that affects our

health. High levels of salt in our diets are not

recommended and have been linked with high

blood pressure and stroke, which is why it is

included in the nutrition information panel. High

salt content is often found in processed foods,

including breads and cereals.

Calcium

Women 50+ and

men 70+:

1300mg/day

All other adults:

1000mg/day

Iron

Women 19-50:

18mg/day

Women 50+ and

men 19+: 8mg/day

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 306 © Compliant Learning Resources

7.2. Ingredients of Concern

Common Allergens

Separate advisory statements must be made on the label for the following

ingredients:

 aspartame –‘contains phenylalanine’

 added caffeine in cola drinks – ‘contains caffeine’

 guarana – ‘contains caffeine’

 Quinine –‘contains quinine’

 Unpasteurised egg products–‘unpasteurised’

The eight most common food allergens, gluten and sulphites must always be listed

in the ingredients list or in a separate advisory statement. Products containing

Royal Jelly must also provide a warning statement on the food label.

For further information on food allergies and intolerances, including labelling

requirements, visit:

http://www.foodauthority.nsw.gov.au/_Documents/foodsafetyandyou/food_alle

rgy_intolerance_brochure.pdf

Look for warning statements like ‘contains peanuts’ or ‘contains

dairy products’, or ‘starch (wheat)’.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 307

Food Additives

Food additives are often added to our food and often play important part in

ensuring our food is safe and meets the needs of consumers.

“Food additives can be used to:

 Improve the taste or appearance of a processed food. For example, beeswax

- glazing agent (901) may be used to coat apples to improve their

appearance.

 Improve the keeping quality or stability of a food. For example, sorbitol -

humectant (420) - may be added to mixed dried fruit to maintain the

moisture level and softness of the fruit.

 Preserve food when this is the most practical way of extending its storage

life. For example, sulphur dioxide - preservative (220) - is added to some

meat products such as sausage meat to limit microbial growth.”

Source: Food Standards

Food additive names can be confusing. To help reduce this confusion; each food

additive is given a short code number.

You can read more about Food Additives here:

http://www.foodstandards.gov.au/consumer/additives/Pages/default.aspx

Banned Additives

Many parents will be vigilant about some of the ingredients in food given to their

children. Some additives may be banned in one country but declared safe to eat in

another. Monosodium Glutamate (MSG) for instance was for many years treated

with condemnation by many consumers, but recent studies have found:

“The overwhelming evidence from a large number of scientific

studies is that MSG is safe for the general population at the levels

typically incorporated into various foods. This has been confirmed

by a number of expert bodies.

A small number of people may experience a mild hypersensitivity-

type reaction to large amounts of MSG when eaten in a single meal.

Reactions vary from person to person but may include headaches,

numbness/tingling, flushing, muscle tightness, and general

weakness. These reactions normally pass quickly and do not

produce any long-lasting effects.”

Source: Food Standards

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 308 © Compliant Learning Resources

MSG can be identified on nutrition labels as:

 ‘Flavour enhancer (MSG)’, or

 ‘Flavour enhancer (621)’

For a list of banned additives and more information on food labelling and

packaging laws please go to www.foodstandards.gov.au

7.3. Recommended Daily Servings

Infants Dietary Requirements (birth – 6 months)

 Breast milk about 800 mL per day

 8–12 times over a 24-hour period during the first week of life

 Minimum at least six times in a 24-hour period.

Nutritional Needs of Babies

Exclusive breastfeeding is recommended for around the first 6 months, and should

continue for 12 months and beyond for as long as the mother and child desire.

Points to consider when introducing solid foods to infants are:

 Breast milk supplies adequate water up to around 6 months of age, but

cooled boiled water may need to be provided for formula-fed infants from

birth.

 A wide variety of solid foods should be introduced from around 6 months,

with first foods being iron rich (e.g. iron-fortified cereal, meat and

alternatives).

 Texture of solid foods should be appropriate to the infant’s development.

 Some foods may need to be introduced many times before they are accepted.

 Hard pieces of food (e.g. some raw vegetables/fruit, whole nuts) should be

avoided. Nut butters or pastes do not increase the risk of allergies and can

be introduced from 6 months.

Breast milk or infant formula should be the main drinks in the first 12 months;

however cow’s milk may be served in small quantities as custards, with cereals, or

as yoghurt between 6 and 12 months.

Source: Eat for Health: Infant Feeding Guidelines, 2012

Supply = Demand

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 309

Toddlers Dietary Requirements

 Vegetables/legumes – 2.5 serves

 Fruit – 1 serves

 Lean Meat, fish, eggs, tofu, nuts/seeds, legumes - 1 serves

 Grain – 4 serves

 Milk Yoghurt Cheese – 1.5 serves

Nutritional Needs of Toddlers

 A wide variety of nutritious foods is needed to support normal growth and

development

 Parents and carers can support quality optimal dietary patterns by

modelling behaviours and purchasing and preparing nutritious foods

 Reduced fat milk, yoghurt and cheese products are recommended for

children 2 years and older

 Dietary restrictions are not generally suitable for growing children and

adolescents and suspected food intolerance and allergy should be confirmed

by a medical practitioner

 Adolescents may be vulnerable to disordered eating

Source: Eat for Health: Australian Dietary Guidelines, 2013

Dietary Requirements of Children (3yrs – 9yrs)

 Vegetables/legumes – 4.5 to 5 serves

 Fruit – 1 to 2 serves

 Lean Meat, fish, eggs, tofu, nuts/seeds, legumes – 1 to 2.5 serves

 Grain – 4 to 5 serves

 Milk Yoghurt Cheese – 1.5 to 2.5 serves

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 310 © Compliant Learning Resources

Nutritional Needs of Children

 A wide variety of nutritious foods is needed to support normal growth and

development.

 Parents and carers can support quality optimal dietary patterns by

modelling behaviours and purchasing and preparing nutritious foods.

 Reduced fat milk, yoghurt and cheese products are recommended for

children 2 years and older.

 Dietary restrictions are not generally suitable for growing children and

adolescents and suspected food intolerance and allergy should be confirmed

by a medical practitioner.

 Adolescents may be vulnerable to disordered eating.

Source: Eat for Health: Australian Dietary Guidelines, 2013

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 311

What is a Serve?

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 312 © Compliant Learning Resources

7.4. Recommendations for Healthy Eating

Guideline 1 To achieve and maintain a healthy weight, be physically

active and choose amounts of nutritious food and drinks to meet your

energy needs

 Children and adolescents should eat sufficient nutritious foods to grow and

develop normally. They should be physically active every day and their

growth should be checked regularly.

 Older people should eat nutritious foods and keep physically active to help

maintain muscle strength and a healthy weight.

Guideline 2 Enjoy a wide variety of nutritious foods from these five

groups every day:

 Plenty of vegetables, including different types and colours, and

legumes/beans

 Fruit

 Grain (cereal) foods, mostly wholegrain and/or high cereal fibre varieties,

such as breads, cereals, rice, pasta, noodles, polenta, couscous, oats, quinoa

and barley

 Lean meats and poultry, fish, eggs, tofu, nuts and seeds, and legumes/beans

 Milk, yoghurt, cheese and/or their alternatives, mostly reduced fat (reduced

fat milks are not suitable for children under the age of 2 years)

 And drink plenty of water.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 313

Guideline 3 Limit intake of foods containing saturated fat, added salt,

added sugars and alcohol

 Limit intake of foods high in saturated fat such as many biscuits, cakes,

pastries, pies, processed meats, commercial burgers, pizza, fried foods,

potato chips, crisps and other savoury snacks.

 Replace high fat foods which contain predominantly saturated fats such as

butter, cream, cooking margarine, coconut and palm oil with foods which

contain predominantly polyunsaturated and monounsaturated fats such as

oils, spreads, nut butters/pastes and avocado.

 Low fat diets are not suitable for children under the age of 2 years.

 Limit intake of foods and drinks containing added salt.

 Read labels to choose lower sodium options among similar foods.

 Do not add salt to foods in cooking or at the table.

 Limit intake of foods and drinks containing added sugars such as

confectionary, sugar-sweetened soft drinks and cordials, fruit drinks,

vitamin waters, energy and sports drinks.

 If you choose to drink alcohol, limit intake. For women who are pregnant,

planning a pregnancy or breastfeeding, not drinking alcohol is the safest

option.

Guideline 4 Encourage, support and promote breastfeeding

Guideline 5 Care for your food; prepare and store it safely

For more information regarding these guidelines go to (Eat for Health: Australian

Dietary Guidelines, 2013)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 314 © Compliant Learning Resources

The types of food in this graph are based on an average Australian Diet and are by

no means the only foods of this type that are acceptable. The size of the food

product in this graph is meant to give a proportionate indication of how much of

that food to eat in comparison to the other foods.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 315

7.5. Addressing Individual Dietary Needs and Preferences

Individual Needs

Individual dietary needs of children are determined by their age, developmental

stage of the child and also by their likes and preferences. Parents can assist you in

what the likes and dislikes of their children. Young children can be fussy eaters too!

Just because a child may not like tomatoes today, doesn’t mean they will always

feel that way. After watching the educators and other children enjoying what they

eat, the child may decide they like it too. Always offer new foods for children to try

and encourage them to taste unfamiliar food.

Religious Needs

Religious and spiritual beliefs will also influence the type of foods that children eat

and will need to be considered when you are menu planning. For example many

Muslim families follow Halal, many Jewish families only eat Kosher. This means

the food has been processed or prepared following religious protocols. This is no

different than some parents only wanting their children to eat vegetarian food, the

culinary suggestions from families will be often influenced by their religion. These

details are usually discussed with families during the enrolment and orientation at

the centre.

Examples:

 People of the Jewish faith usually do not eat pork.

 People who follow the Hindu religion do not eat beef.

Cultural Influences

Cultural preferences can also influence a child’s diet. Families and children from

different countries may be used to different ways of cooking and eating certain

foods. It is important to take into account cultural influences when planning menus

for the children.

How to locate information of a child’s preferences:

 Check children’s profiles and enrolment forms

 Talk about food with the children

 Discuss some favourite recipes with families

Even if your service doesn’t have families from different backgrounds it still is

important to have food from different cultures. This allows children to appreciate

diversity, respect difference and try new foods.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 316 © Compliant Learning Resources

Example:

 Asian cultures eat many rice based dishes

 Indian cultures use blends of aromatic spices as part of their cuisine.

7.6. Implications of Poor Diet

By eating well, your children will have the energy they need to play, concentrate

better, learn, sleep better and build stronger teeth and bones.

What Does Being Healthy Mean?

Being thin or able to participate in professional sports is not a measure of good

health. It's about having a balance between healthy eating and regular physical

activity in a way that works for each individual.

Being healthy is about much more than ‘looking good’.

Being healthy helps children to:

 Build strong bones and teeth

 Grow and develop to their full potential

 Improve their concentration at school

 Improve their coordination, balance and strength

 Maintain a healthy weight

 Be bright and active, encouraging active participation and curiosity.

Being unhealthy can lead in later life to:

 Type II diabetes

 High blood pressure and cholesterol levels

 Some types of cancers

 Heart disease

 Obesity

 Dental caries and decay

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 317

7.7. Health Effects Associated With Diet

Overweight and obesity

The most immediate consequences of overweight and obesity in childhood are

social discrimination (associated with poor self-esteem and depression), increased

risk of developing negative body image issues, and eating disorders. Overweight

children and adolescents are more likely to develop sleep apnoea, breathlessness

on exertion and reduced exercise tolerance, some orthopaedic and gastrointestinal

problems, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, and early signs of metabolic and clinical

consequences, such as hypertension, hyperinsulinemia, hypertriglyceridemia and

type 2 diabetes.

Underweight

In infancy and early childhood, underweight and failure to thrive can be more

prevalent than overweight and obesity in some communities. Failure to thrive is

most commonly a result of socioeconomic factors, including poor living

conditions133 but can also occur among affluent sections of the community due to

inappropriate dietary restrictions (e.g. based on fears about ‘unhealthy’ dietary

habits).134 Specialist advice should be sought on underweight and failure to thrive

in infants and children (for further information on growth see Appendix H).

Inappropriate dietary restriction and eating disorders occur in some adolescents.

We will learn more about how poor nutrition can affect a child’s development in

“Learner Workbook Five (5) Play and Development”.

7.8. Nutrition for Groups at Risk

Malnutrition is a condition that results from having an unhealthy diet that is not

balanced with the healthy foods that provide all the nutrients, vitamins and

minerals needed for our bodies to grow and develop.

Poverty has a huge impact on children’s health and wellbeing and children living

in poverty can often suffer from malnutrition.

According the NHMRC, in 2000, in some remote and rural areas of Australia, a

substantial proportion of Indigenous children were suffering from levels of

malnutrition. In the Darwin area, 20 per cent of children aged less than 2 years

were malnourished. (NHMRC, (2000) Nutrition in Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander Peoples- An Information Paper)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 318 © Compliant Learning Resources

In the indigenous people groups, there is a large difference between urban, rural

and remote communities and the nutritional level. The factors contributing to the

restricted availability of healthy food to Indigenous people include low

socioeconomic status, various environmental and social factors, and geographic

remoteness.

In rural areas malnutrition levels can even be affected by seasonal change including

the availability of fresh nutritional food, such as fruit and vegetables.

Research shows, that many Aboriginal children have poorer growth than non-

Aboriginal children after weaning. Malnutrition in early childhood has been linked

to problems with mental development and disorders including anaemia and

recurring infections. Infections place extra nutritional demands on the body, which

creates a vicious circle. Without enough nourishing food, the child runs the risk of

never reaching their full height or development.

Even people who have plenty to eat may be malnourished if they don't choose

healthy foods that provide the right nutrients, vitamins, and minerals.

Some diseases and conditions prevent people from digesting or absorbing their

food properly and this can also lead to levels of malnutrition.

For example:

 Someone with coeliac disease has intestinal problems that are triggered by

a protein called gluten, which is found in wheat, rye, and barley.

 Children with cystic fibrosis have trouble absorbing nutrients because the

disease affects the pancreas, an organ that normally produces enzymes

necessary for digestion.

In these cases it is essential for families to seek professional assistance, from

Doctors and dieticians, to ensure their children are having a balanced diet and all

their nutritional needs are met.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 319

7.9. Providing Education and Support to Families

Family Education

The Infant Feeding Guidelines for Health Workers recommends the following

education materials which target the family, particularly fathers, ethnic and

cultural groups, and disadvantaged socio-economic groups. Hard copies of these

materials are available through the Australian Breastfeeding Association. Online

versions can be downloaded, as follows:

 7 Helpful Hints for Learning to Breastfeed (1998)

 7 Helpful Hints for Solving Breastfeeding Problems (1998)

 7 Reasons Why Mother’s Milk is Better for Your Baby and You (1998)

 7 Important Facts for Fathers about Breastfeeding (1998)

 7 Suggestions for Breastfeeding Your Baby—anywhere, anytime (1998)

 non–English language materials (1998)

 Let’s Give Our Baby the Best (1998)

 Mother’s Milk—perfect anytime anywhere (1998)

 You Can Breastfeed Your Baby (1998)

The WHO Code

The WHO Code is the abbreviated name for the International Code of

Marketing Breastmilk Substitutes developed in 1981 by the General Assembly

of the World Health Organization, following consultation with key stakeholders,

including governments and infant food manufacturers. In subsequent years

additional World Health Assembly resolutions have further defined and

strengthened the Code.

The aim of the WHO Code is:

“To contribute to the provision of safe and adequate nutrition for infants,

by the protection and promotion of breastfeeding, and by ensuring the

proper use of breastmilk substitutes, when these are necessary, on the

basis of adequate information and through appropriate marketing and

distribution.”

Source: The WHO Code

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 320 © Compliant Learning Resources

The main elements of the WHO Code are as follows:

 There should be no advertising or other promotion to the general public of

products within the scope of the Code; i.e., breastmilk substitutes (including

infant formula and complementary foods), bottles or teats

 Health facilities and health professionals do not have a role in promoting

breastmilk substitutes

 Free samples of breastmilk substitutes or items that promote breastmilk

substitutes should not be provided to pregnant women, new mothers, or

health facilities

 Health risks to infants who are artificially fed, or who are not exclusively

breastfed, should be highlighted through appropriate warnings and

labelling

 Labelling of breastmilk substitutes should contain instructions on how to

use the product to minimise the risks of use.

 Pictures or text that idealise the use of breastmilk substitutes should not be

used.

The Australian National Breastfeeding Strategy 2010-2015 notes:

“The Best Start inquiry recommended the Australian Government adopt

in full the WHO’s International Code of Marketing of Breast-milk

Substitutes and subsequent WHA resolutions (HoR 2007). The

Australian Government’s response to the inquiry noted the

recommendation and stated that the Australian Government would

consider Australia’s response to the WHO Code in the context of

developing an Australian National Breastfeeding Strategy. This will be

progressed under the implementation plan and governance

arrangements for the Australian National Breastfeeding Strategy and

with respect to the development of the infant formula policy guidelines

and revision of the Infant Feeding Guidelines for Health Workers”

Health workers have a responsibility to promote breastfeeding first but, where it is

needed, to educate and support parents about formula feeding. Some mothers may

experience feelings of grief or loss if they decide not to breastfeed. A mother’s

informed decision not to breastfeed should be respected and support from a health

worker and/or other members of the multidisciplinary team provided.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 321

This responsibility is outlined in the WHO Code and the Australia New Zealand

Food Standards Code.

Under the WHO Code:

 feeding with infant formula should only be demonstrated by health workers,

or other community workers if necessary, and only to the mothers or family

members who need to use it

 the information given should include a clear explanation of the hazards of

improper use.

7.10. Food Allergies and Medical Conditions

It is very important to consider food allergies when organising meals for the

children. You must be aware of any food allergies or food intolerances that a child

in your care has, especially those with the potential to cause serious illness.

When the body has contact with a food allergen (a trigger – this could be many

things) and the immune system reacts as if it is a damaging substance, this is

known as a food allergy. Upon any amount of contact, the body releases histamines

and other substances into the blood stream, which trigger a series of allergic signs

and symptoms. Food intolerances are sometimes confused with food allergies.

Food intolerances can have similar signs and symptoms but don’t involve the

immune system in response to the allergen.

The most frequent food allergens are eggs, fish, milk, peanuts, shellfish, soy, tree

nuts and wheat.

Signs and symptoms that could signal an allergic reaction might include nausea,

vomiting, cramping, diarrhoea, difficulty breathing, sneezing, itching, swelling and

rashes on the body.

Some food intolerances or medical conditions that children may have include:

 Lactose intolerance – children who are allergic to dairy products

 Coeliac disease – children become ill if they eat any food products

containing gluten, which is found in wheat, barley and rye products.

 Diabetes – children can become very thirsty and tired

 Asthma – children can begin to cough excessively, wheeze and have

difficulty breathing.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 322 © Compliant Learning Resources

Treatment and Prevention of Allergic Reactions in Children

The severity of allergic reactions may vary. Stopping the child’s contact with the

allergen will usually be sufficient treatment for minor reactions. Additionally, a

doctor can prescribe anti-allergen medication and cream to relieve symptoms.

You must take the child to the doctor straight away if the reaction is severe, such as

a rash and swelling increasing up the throat and face area or if the child is having

difficulty breathing. Children may carry an Epi pen in case of emergency if they

have severe allergies.

A severe and life-threatening allergy is called anaphylaxis. In these cases the

allergen can cause children’s lips and throat to become swollen and airways can

become blocked, making it difficult for them to breathe. This can usually occur

within seconds or up to 20 minutes after the child has contact with the allergen. As

soon as signs are evident, take immediate action as the child’s health can quickly

deteriorate, leading to a life threatening situation.

Common triggers include nuts or any foods that have nut products in them, eggs

or bee stings. Latex and seafood are also known to cause an anaphylactic attack.

Instances of this type of allergy are increasing in children, especially compared with

previous generations. It is critical that as carers we recognise the symptoms and

act immediately.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 323

8. Maintain Food Safety

8.1. Food-Handling Requirements

The principle role of food handlers in a centre is preventing children from getting

microorganism contamination and/or allergic reactions.

Under The Food and Safety Standards – Standard 3.2.2 Food Safety Practices and

General Requirements, the owners of food businesses are responsible for making

sure that people who handle food or food contact surfaces in their business, and

the people who supervise this work, have the skills and knowledge they need to

handle food safely.

What Do ‘Skills’ and ‘Knowledge’ Mean?

Skill: Your staff and their supervisors must be able to do their work in ways

that ensure that your business produces safe food.

Knowledge: Your staff and their supervisors must know about issues

associated with food safety and safe food handling practices that are relevant to

your business and the jobs they do for you.

A food handler in the centre prepares and cooks whole chickens. The

staff member who does this work must have appropriate food safety and

food hygiene knowledge and skills to make sure that the chicken is

prepared safely for service.

The food safety skills and knowledge needed for this job include:

 knowing that raw chickens are likely to be contaminated with dangerous

bacteria and that eating undercooked chicken can cause food poisoning;

 knowing the cooking time and temperature needed to make sure that the

chicken and the stuffing are thoroughly cooked;

 the skill needed to check the chicken to make sure it is thoroughly cooked;

 knowing the correct storage temperatures for both raw and cooked

chickens; and

 the skills needed to make sure that equipment is set at the right temperature.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 324 © Compliant Learning Resources

The food hygiene skills and knowledge needed for this job include:

 knowing that hands, gloves or the equipment used to handle raw chickens

can contaminate cooked chickens;

 the skill to wash hands and equipment in ways that reduce the potential for

contamination;

 knowing about other things that could contaminate the cooked chickens,

such as dirty clothes or dirty work benches; and

 the skills needed to keep the work area clean.

Source: Food Handling Skills and Knowledge

Food handlers must have the skills and knowledge that they need to handle food

safely to carry out the duties they are performing. However, if other staff assist

when people are away, or sometimes have the role to supervise other food handlers,

then they must also have the skills and knowledge for these duties.

Early Childhood Education and Care staff skills and knowledge must include food

safety and food hygiene matters. Food safety issues cover what staff must do to food

to keep food safe. Food hygiene practices cover what staff must do to keep things

clean so they do not contaminate food.

Food handlers must:

 Take all reasonable measures to handle food and food contact surfaces and

equipment in a way that will not compromise the safety and suitability of

food;

 Wash their hands with soap and warm running water in handwashing

facilities whenever their hands are likely to be a source of contamination of

food and specifically:

o before commencing and recommencing handling food (including

after breaks),

o after using the toilet or changing nappies,

o immediately before handling ready-to-eat food, and

o immediately after coughing, sneezing, using a handkerchief or tissue,

eating, drinking, touching hair, scalp, nose etc.

 Advise the director if they are suffering from, are a carrier of, or have

symptoms of food-borne illness so they can be allocated alternative duties,

if required. Common symptoms include vomiting, diarrhoea, abdominal

cramps, nausea and fever.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 325

Avoid Cross Contamination

 Keep raw and cooked or ready to eat foods separate by:

o cleaning and sanitising utensils, surfaces and equipment between

preparing raw and cooked foods or use separate equipment,

o storing raw foods below cooked foods.

 Clean and sanitise utensils, equipment and surfaces per the cleaning

schedule

 Use equipment and containers that can be easily and effectively cleaned, will

not absorb grease, food or water and will not contaminate the food;

 Cover food with plastic wrap or place in a container with a lid; and

 Store food off the floor.

 Chemicals and cleaning products need to be stored away from food ensuring

they cannot contaminate food and according to the manufacturer’s

instruction.

Food Handlers Must Report When They are Unwell

In certain cases, it makes sense for us to stay at home when we unwell, so we cannot

pass our germs on to the children, families and staff with whom we have contact.

This is even more crucial if we are a food handler. Illnesses or health issues such as

skin conditions, diarrhoea, vomiting, nausea, coughing, sneezing, cuts and

scratches etc. can affect our ability to do the job safely. Informing the supervisor se

we can be given alternative duties is vitally important in this situation.

Whatever role you have in the service you need to be aware of the policies that

govern food handling activities. If you are ever unsure of whether you should be

handling food, or if you see a colleague not following safe food handling practices,

speak with your service supervisor.

8.2. Assist In Developing and Maintaining Food Safety Procedures

When you are performing food preparation, food handling or food service duties

you must always be aware food safety and food hygiene. Like any other safety issue

in the centre, if something is not right or someone is put at risk then you must

inform your supervisor immediately.

If you can see a better or more efficient way of doing something without

compromising the safety of the food suggest it to your supervisor.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 326 © Compliant Learning Resources

8.3. Follow Food Safety Procedures

Food Preparation and Food Safety

Preparing and providing food for the children is part of the responsibilities of the

educators in a child care centre. The qualified cook may prepare the food though it

is the role of the Educators to serve the food.

The prevention of food borne illness involves attention to hygiene, proper handling

and preparation of food and care during food storage and distribution.

As stated in the National Regulation (2011) 90-91: children are to be provided

with food and beverages that are nutritious, varied and adequate in quantity. All

children must have access to safe, clean drinking water and it should be offered

regularly. Water should be offered with meals though is important for children to

also have access to water at other times during the day. Many child care centres

have individual water bottles for the children. It is extremely important that the

drink bottles are topped up during the day and that they are washed with soapy

water daily.

Educators should not prepare food if they are unwell or are at risk of spreading

infection.

Getting Ready for Meals and Snacks

 Follow good personal hygiene: including having clean, safe clothes

(including covered in shoes) and your hair is pulled back.

 Ensure you use appropriate PPE’s: use gloves and aprons when preparing

food, serving and feeding children.

 Before meals, clean all tables that are to be used for the meal.

 Wash and dry your hands before preparing or serving food. If you are

interrupted to care for another child while preparing food or spoon feeding

an infant, be sure to wash and dry your hands again before you continue.

 Check that all the children’s hands are washed before they eat or drink.

Food Safety Tips!

 Remember the “temperature danger zone” – Keep

cold food below 5 degrees C and hot food above 60

degrees C.

 Cook food thoroughly.

 Separate cooked and raw food and don’t use the

same utensils and chopping boards for both.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 327

Child Care centres need to comply with the Food Safety Standards developed by

Food Standards Australia New Zealand (FSANZ).

http://www.foodstandards.gov.au

The Food Preparation Standards state child care centres should:

 Keep raw food separate from cooked and ready to eat foods.

 Use different utensils and chopping boards for raw, cooked and ready to

eat foods.

 Thoroughly rinse fruit and vegetables in clean water.

 Use clean, sanitised utensils (tongs, spoons and spatulas) to serve food.

 Use only clean disposable gloves and change them once every hour.

 Comply with FSANZ standards for cooling, freezing and thawing foods.

 Store food in a material that is clean, non-toxic.

 Serve food in eating and drinking containers (plates, bowls, cups etc.) that

are in good condition. Not chipped, broken or cracked.

Soruce: ACECQA – NCAC Fact sheet 3, “Food Safety”, 2005

It is also important to familiarise yourself with the food safety policy

and procedures in your centre.

Please click on the following link to view Sparkling Stars

Nutrition Policy (Click here)

(Username: newusername Password: newpassword)

Time and Temperature

The time & temperature of potentially hazardous foods must be controlled through

the process, from delivery, storage, preparation and cooking, and to serving to the

children.

 Food deliveries should be from reputable companies that can show they are

safely transporting foods. Potentially hazardous food should be transported

at 5C or below.

 Check that fridges are operating effectively at 5C or below and heating/hot

holding equipment is operating effectively at 60C or above.

 Cook potentially hazardous food (such as chicken) thoroughly to above

75C.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 328 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Minimise the time potentially hazardous foods are between 5C and

60C by:

o refrigerating as soon as received or prepared (allow steam to

dissipate if steaming hot)

o keeping under refrigeration as much as possible: only remove when

ready to prepare, cook or serve

o preparing small batches of ready to eat foods such as salads and

sandwiches so they can be refrigerated as each batch is completed

o Thawing, as much as possible under refrigeration. If thawed out of

refrigeration the food must be cooked or consumed in the following

4 hours.

o cooling rapidly by dividing into shallow containers, stirring

occasionally, placing in a freezer, refrigerator or cool room

o reheating rapidly to 60C before serving

 Follow the 2 hour - 4 hour guide:

This includes preparation

and cooking times Action

Less than 2 hours Refrigerate or use

immediately.

Between 2 hours and 4

hours Use immediately.

More than 4 hours Throw out.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 329

8.4. Confirm Safety of Any Drinks, Food and Cooking Utensils and

Appliances Used As Part of the Program

Every child care centre staff member who is responsible for preparing or serving

food needs to know and understand how to minimise possibility of the

transmission of food borne illness in children and staff. The most effective way to

minimise transmission is by utilising effective hygiene and safe food handling

practices.

Food borne illness commonly occurs in settings where food is prepared or served

to a large number of people, and types of illness include bacterial and viral

gastroenteritis, food poisoning from toxin producing bacterial contamination, and

potentially serious infections such as hepatitis A, salmonella, shigella, and shiga-

like toxin producing Escherichia coli.

Minimise Transmission of Food Borne Illness

To minimise transmission of food borne illness in children and staff, centres should

use the best practice this may include but not limited to:

 Have a designated area for food preparation and storage, which is safe and

hygienic

 Store cooked and uncooked meat in separate refrigeration compartments

 Use separate colour-coded chopping boards for cooked and uncooked food

 Use separate colour- coded chopping board

 Have facilities that include a stove or microwave oven, sink, refrigerator,

suitable waste disposal, and a hot water supply

 Have a designated area for preparation of bottles for children under 2 years

 Ensure all food or bottle preparation and storage areas are separate from

nappy change and toileting areas

 Ensure that if meals are being prepared in the centre that cooks who are

employed have completed basic training in food safety and nutrition in

accordance with the FSANZ Food Safety Code.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 330 © Compliant Learning Resources

 Ensure food preparation and serving staff:

o Wash hands before and after handling food or utensils

o Wash hands and clean nails after: - arriving at and leaving from work, -

using the toilet, - having contact with unclean equipment and work

surfaces, soiled clothing and dish cloths, - toileting children - wiping

children’s noses or their own noses - removing gloves (see section 1.2

hand-washing for further information)

o Wear a hair covering that completely covers hair if practicable

o Avoid direct touching of ready to eat food by following proper food

handling technique and using clean implements and gloves,

o Advise the centre director of any gastrointestinal illness,

o Do not prepare food while suffering from any gastrointestinal illness

until at least one full day after recovery, or from any hand infection

 Preferably do not have staff who change nappies involved in food

preparation on the same day, however if this is impractical, ensure staff use

principles of infection control and safe food handling, particularly hand

washing and using gloves.

 Prepare and serve food in accordance with the FSANZ Fact Sheets, which

say to consume food as soon as it is cooked to 60°C or higher. As is also

stated in the fact sheets, food can be left to cool at ambient temperature, but

food becomes contaminated as soon as it starts cooling. It is recommended

that you allow food to cool enough to be safe for children to eat but no longer

than 2 hours. Left-over food should immediately be stored in the

refrigerator at 5°C or lower.

Ensure the food preparation staff clean and sanitise the food preparation and

serving areas at the end of each day.

For cleaning and sanitising food contact surfaces and utensils, use neutral

detergent and water to remove visible contamination such as food waste, dirt and

grease, then sanitise using either heat or chemical sanitisers that are suitable for

food contact surfaces. Chemical sanitisers must be used according to supplier or

manufacturer’s instructions

Be aware of and accommodate the special needs of culturally and linguistically

diverse families in relation to special rules for storing, preparing and serving foods

such as Halal and Kosher food; Halal and Kosher food can be stored or refrigerated

in separate and sealed containers, ask families about any special requirements for

storing, preparing and serving foods, and ask them for preferred recipes.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 331

Ensure microwave food safety by:

 Being aware that microwaves are useful for defrosting, cooking and re-

heating foods however, food borne disease can also result if the usual rules

of food Health & Safety in Children’s Centres are not followed. Defrosting in

a microwave also partially cooks the food and makes an ideal medium for

growth of bacteria.

Using a microwave oven appropriately:

 use only microwave safe dishes, utensils and wrap

 defrost foods only if you are planning to cook the food immediately after it

has thawed

 use microwave safe dishes for defrosting foods, and cover with microwave

plastic wrap or microwave safe covers

 as different food items defrost, remove them and avoid cross contamination

or mixing of food juices

 be careful when removing food or liquids from the microwave and removing

the plastic wrap as food and liquid continues to cook for some time and you

can burn yourself on escaping steam or boiling liquid

 food that has been cooked or reheated in a microwave and is not going to be

consumed immediately should be placed in the refrigerator for cooling, not

left on the bench to cool

 leftover food that has been cooked and reheated should be discarded

 rotate and mix foods at intervals to ensure they are cooked through evenly

 when re-heating foods such as casseroles the liquid should be stirred every

3 - 5 minutes to ensure it is fully heated through

 clean the microwave daily as food is usually spattered inside.

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 332 © Compliant Learning Resources

Preparation of Infant Formula

 Always wash hands before preparing formula and ensure that formula is

prepared in a clean area

 Wash bottles, teats, caps and knives – careful attention to washing is essential

– and sterilise by boiling for 5 minutes or using an approved sterilising agent

 Boil fresh water and allow it to cool until lukewarm – to cool to a safe temperature,

allow the water to sit for at least 30 minutes (in places with clean water supply

which meets Australian standards, hot water urns such as hydroboils are safe to

use for formula reconstitution, provided the supply of very hot water has not been

depleted)

 Ideally prepare only one bottle of formula at a time, just before feeding

 Always read the instructions to check the correct amount of water and powder

as shown on the feeding table on the back of the pack – this may vary between

different formulas

 Add water to the bottle first, then powder

 Pour the correct amount of previously boiled (now cooled) water into a sterilised

bottle

 Always measure the amount of powder using the scoop provided in the can, as

scoop sizes vary between different formulas

 Fill the measuring scoop with formula powder and level off using the levelling

device provided or the back of a sterilised knife – the scoop should be lightly

tapped to remove any air bubbles

 Take care to add the correct number of scoops to the water in the bottle – do not

add half scoops or more scoops than stated in the instructions

 Keep the scoop in the can when not in use – do not wash the scoop as this can

introduce moisture into the tin if not dried adequately

 Place the teat and cap on the bottle and shake it until the powder dissolves

 Test the temperature of the milk with a few drops on the inside of your wrist – it

should feel just warm, but cool is better than too hot

 Feed infant – any formula left at the end of the feed must be discarded

 A feed should take no longer than 1 hour – any formula that has been at room

temperature for longer than 1 hour should be discarded

 Formula that has been at room temperature for less than 1 hour may be stored

in a refrigerator for up to 24 hours (in a sterile container) – discard any

refrigerated feed that has not been used within 24 hours

 When a container of formula is finished, throw away the scoop with the container,

to ensure that the correct scoop is used next time

Source: Infant Feeding Guidelines: information for health workers (2012) Pg. 76

Note: Information on preparing bottle feeds can be found in the Infant Feeding Guidelines:

information for health workers (2012)

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 333

Transporting Formula Feeds

 Prepare the feed and put in the refrigerator

 Ensure feed is cold before transporting

 Do not remove feed from the refrigerator until immediately before transporting

 Transport feed in a cool bag with ice packs

 Use feeds transported in a cool bag within 2 hours, as cool bags do not always

keep foods adequately chilled

 Re-warm at the destination (for no more than 15 minutes)

 If the destination is reached within 2 hours, feeds transported in a cool bag can

be placed in a refrigerator and held for up to 24 hours from the time of preparation

Sterilisation by Boiling

 Wash bottles, teats and caps in hot soapy water with a bottle/ teat brush before

sterilisation

 Place utensils, including bottles, teats and caps in a large saucepan on the back

burner of the stove

 Cover utensils with water, making sure to eliminate all air bubbles from the bottle

 Bring water to the boil and boil for 5 minutes. Turn off – do not allow it to boil dry

 Allow the equipment to cool in the saucepan until it is hand hot and then remove

it – be very careful if children are present

 Store equipment that is not being used straight away in a clean container in the

fridge

 Boil all equipment within 24 hours of use

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 334 © Compliant Learning Resources

Sterilisation Using Chemicals

 Follow the manufacturer’s instructions carefully when making up the solution to

ensure the correct dilution

 Discard the solution after 24 hours, thoroughly scrub the container and

equipment in warm water with detergent and make up a new solution

 Make sure all equipment is made of plastic or glass: metal corrodes when left in

chemical sterilant

 Completely submerge everything, making sure there are no air bubbles, and

leave it in the solution for at least the recommended time – equipment can be

left in the solution until it is needed

 Allow the equipment to drain, do not rinse off the sterilising liquid or there will be

a risk of re-contamination

 Store the sterilising concentrate and solution well out of the reach of children

Sterilisation Using Chemicals

Good practice in bottle-feeding involves making feeding a comfortable experience

for parent and infant while avoiding risks associated with incorrect bottle-feeding.

This includes:

 always checking the temperature of the formula before feeding by shaking a little

milk from the teat onto the inside of the wrist – it should feel warm, not hot

 holding, cuddling and talking to (if it is not too distracting) the infant while feeding

and responding to infant cues – parent–infant contact is extremely important

 not leaving an infant to feed on their own (i.e. with the bottle propped) – the milk

may flow too quickly and cause the infant to splutter or choke

 not putting an infant to sleep while drinking from a bottle – as well as the risk of

choking this increases the risk of ear infection and dental caries

Advice for parents

 Put an infant to bed without a bottle or take the bottle away

when the infant has finished feeding.

 Don’t let the infant keep sucking on the bottle.

 Avoid leaving an infant unattended with a bottle containing

liquids (i.e. no bottle propping)

Source: Infant Feeding Guidelines: information for health workers (2012) Pg. 79

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018 © Compliant Learning Resources Page 335

Bottled Breast Milk

Use the following guidelines in relation to bottled breast milk:

 always wash hands thoroughly prior to handling breast milk and bottles

 ensure bottled breast milk is always labelled with the child’s name, mother’s

name and the date it is expressed

 breast milk can be stored in the refrigerator for 48 hours and in a deep

freezer for up to 3 months

 frozen breast milk can be thawed by placing in either cool or warm water,

don’t put in boiling water or use a microwave as the milk will curdle, shake

the bottle if the fats and milk have separated

 thaw under running water, start with cold water then increasingly warm

water and test the temperature of the milk on your wrist before giving it to

the baby

 throw away any unused breast milk, do not refrigerate or refreeze breast

milk once it has been thawed or heated.

 After use, rinse teats and bottles with water, wash in hot soapy water, rinse

with water, then sterilise them by using a cold water chemical steriliser,

following the manufacturer’s instructions, then air dry.

Information on breastfeeding can be obtained from Australian Breastfeeding Association at

http://www.breastfeeding.asn.au

Learner Guide 1 Version No. 2.4 Produced 17 September 2018

Page 336 © Compliant Learning Resources

End of Document